+ All Categories
Home > Documents > FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703...

FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703...

Date post: 14-Mar-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 0 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
296
Gibbs and Associates 323 Science Drive Moorpark, CA 93021 (805) 523-0004 March 1999 GEOMETRY CREATION USER MANUAL FANUC PLC Parts
Transcript
Page 1: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Gibbs and Associates323 Science Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021(805) 523-0004

March 1999

GEOMETRY CREATIONUSER MANUAL

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 2: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

PROPRIETARY NOTICEThis document contains propriety information of Gibbs and Associates and is to be used only

pursuant to and in conjunction with the license granted to you with respect to the accompanying Gibbsand Associates licensed software. Except as expressly permitted in the license, no part of this documentmay be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any languageor computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, magnetic, optical, chemical, manual orotherwise, without the prior written permission from a duly authorized representative of Gibbs andAssociates.

It is strongly advised that you carefully review the license in order that you understand yourrights and obligations related to the licensed software and the accompanying user documentation.

Use of the computer software and the user documentation has been provided pursuant to aGibbs and Associates license agreement.

© Copyright 1996 Gibbs and Associates, Inc.All Rights Reserved

Acknowledgements:Written by Shannon McConville.Thanks to Tim Alvord, Sean Canterbury, Gary Esser, Bill Gibbs, Charles Haden, Tom Hubina, PeteJackson, Kristin Kelley, Michael Kelley, Israel Klain, James Moore, Jeff Myers and Robb Weinstein fortheir input and assistance.

Trademarks:Windows NT, Windows 95 and Windows 98 are trademarks of Microsoft CorporationMacintosh is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.

Printed in the United States of America

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 3: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

T a b l e o f C o n t e n t sCHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION I I I

How to Learn the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiBalloons and Prompting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiOperating Systems Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiSystem Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

CHAPTER 2: INTERFACE 1Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Clipboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

CHAPTER 3: PART SET-UP 13Document Control Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

CHAPTER 4: GEOMETRY CREATION 16Geometry Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Geometry Creation Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Geometry Expert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Free Form CAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Text Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Curve Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Workgroups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Shapes and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Edit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Modify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43File Import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46File Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Workgroup Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Printing the Part Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

G F K - 1 7 0 3 T a b l e o f C o n t e n t s �

i

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 4: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

ii

CHAPTER 5: GEOMETRY EXPERT EXERCISES 58Exercise #1: Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Exercise #2: Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Exercise #3: Shuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Exercise #4: Lathe Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Exercise #5: Doodle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Exercise #6: Bell Crank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

CHAPTER 6: FREE FORM CAD EXERCISES 135Exercise #1: Shapes and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Exercise #2: Mill Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Exercise #3: Lathe Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Exercise #4: Shuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Exercise #5: Text Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Exercise #6: Overlapping Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

CHAPTER 7: COMBINATION EXERCISES 245Exercise #1: Loading Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Exercise #2: Mill Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Exercise #3: Gear Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

APPENDIX 1: OPERATING SYSTEMS 277Launching the System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Operating Systems Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277File Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Standard Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Post Processor Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

APPENDIX 2: PART PRINTS 280Part Print #1: Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Part Print #2: Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Part Print #3: Shuttle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Part Print #4: Lathe Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Part Print #5: Doodle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Part Print #6: Mill Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Part Print #7: Gear Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Part Print #8: Bell Crank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

INDEX 288

Page 5: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 I n t r o d u c t i o n �

iii

CHAPTER 1 : I n t r o d u c t i o nHOW TO LEARN THE SYSTEM

Congratulations on purchasing the most productive programming system available! It is rec-ommended that the Geometry Creation Manual be reviewed before moving on to either the Mill orLathe Module Manuals. The best way to learn the system is to read the reference information andcomplete the geometry exercises. Then complete the tutorials provided in the module specific man-uals. For simple explanations of on-screen items and their purpose, use Balloons and Prompting pro-vided in the Help menu.

BALLOONS AND PROMPTINGBalloons and Prompting are built-in documentation and training information, also known as

CAT (Computer Aided Training). They can be turned on from selections under the Help menu.Balloons provide reference information about any object that the cursor is placed over. Promptingextends certain palettes in the system to provide useful suggestions about how to proceed. They arevery useful.

OPERATING SYSTEMS GLOSSARYThe Windows NT®, Windows 95/98® and MacOS® operating systems use different terminol-

ogy for certain common items. A short list has been provided to help eliminate possible confusion.Refer to the Operating Systems Appendix for additional information on the differences between theWindows NT, Windows 95/98 and Macintosh operating systems.

EQUIVALENT TERMSfile = document

program = applicationdirectory = folder

backspace key (not delete or del) = delete key (not del)

Operating system symbol : This symbol appears throughout the manual to indicate whenthere are variations in specific system functions depending on the operating system.

OS

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 6: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

iv

SYSTEM OVERVIEWThis system is designed to be extremely flexible, to allow the user the freedom to create parts

in any way that comes naturally. The "modeless" interface allows the user to have geometry cre-ation, tools, machining capabilities and post processing functions available at all times. However,there are certain basic elements required to create a part. There must be geometry, a tool, and atoolpath (an operation) created before post processing. The Top Level palette is organized in a log-ical manner for building a part. A part does not have to be created in this order, it only serves as aguideline.

Create a new file.

Create part geometry.

Create a tool.

Create a toolpath.

Cut Part Render

Post Process.

Change the view.

Page 7: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 I n t e r f a c e �

1

CHAPTER 2 : I n t e r f a c e This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This simply means that pictures or symbols

are used in place of text whenever possible. This section of the manual describes the different inter-face objects and their uses.

CURSORSThe cursor is the object moved with the mouse. Its appearance changes depending on its loca-

tion. The appearance of the cursor dictates its usage.

Black Pointer : This cursor is used to select objects and geometry by clicking on them. Zoomby dragging a rectangle around an area on the screen.

White Pointer : This cursor functions the same as the black pointer, except it is in multipleselection mode. The white pointer appears when the Shift key is held down or when a geom-etry sub-palette is open. It allows more than one item to be selected at a time.

Mover Tool : This indicates that the cursor is placed on the edge of a palette or in a dialog’stitle bar. Move the palette or dialog by holding the mouse button down and dragging it to adifferent location.

Pointing Finger : This indicates that the cursor is over a button. Push the button by clicking onit.

Hand : This indicates that the cursor is over a draggable object such as a tile. Move the objectby clicking on it once and dragging it to the desired location. This cursor is also used to rollthe trackball.

Spot : The cursor changes to this while rolling the trackball.

I Beam : This indicates that the cursor is in a location where text input is accepted. It is aflashing cursor.

Area Select : The cursor changes to this while doing a mouse drag or zooming in on an area.FANUC PLC Parts

Page 8: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

2

ACTIONSThere are a number of actions used throughout the system.

• Moving the cursor : The cursor is moved and positioned with the mouse.• Click : A quick tap on any mouse button.• Double-click : Two quick taps on the mouse button.• Type : Using the keyboard.• Drag : Position cursor, hold mouse button down, reposition cursor, release mouse button.• Shift-click : Hold shift key down while clicking the mouse.• Shift-double-click, Ctrl-click, Ctrl-double-click, etc. : Hold down stated key and

click (or double-click).

OBJECTSThere are several interface objects used throughout the system. The Tile Lists and Machining

Markers will be described in the machining manuals for the Mill and Lathe modules.• Drawing Window• Palettes• Dialogs• Tile Lists• Menus• Machining Markers• Balloons/Prompts• Wastecan

Menu Bar

Tile List

Palette Prompt Dialog

DrawingWindow

Balloon

Wastecan

Page 9: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 I n t e r f a c e �

3

DRAWING WINDOWThe drawing window is the full size of the screen. All drawing of geometry, toolpaths, and

rendered images appear in the drawing window. It is not moveable. All other interface objectsappear in front of the drawing window.

PALETTESA palette is a collection of functions grouped together in a logical manner for the user. Some

palettes are moveable, others are not.

Top Level Palette: This palette is made up of buttons. These buttons can be either “on”(depressed) or “off” (raised). Clicking once on a button turns it on and accesses the appro-priate dialog or palette. Another click will turn the button off and put any dialogs orpalettes away. The top level palette cannot be moved.

Geometry Creation Palette: This palette is alsomade up of a group of buttons. However,when one of the buttons is clicked on, it doesnot stay depressed. Instead, it brings up asub-palette or the Geometry Expert

Spreadsheet. The Geometry Creation Palette can be moved to any location on the screen. Move thepalette by placing the cursor in the title bar of the palette. When the cursor changes to the movertool, hold the mouse button down and move the palette. This action is called “dragging the edge”.

MillMachining Palette: This palette is made up of Function Tiles andbuttons. The four Function Tiles are moveable objects that canbe dragged to the Process List to create operations. The

Lathe Machining Palette can be moved to any location on the screen.

Render palette: This palette provides control over the cut partrendering process. It allows the user to control renderingspeed, the operations that will be rendered, and the way thetool will be displayed. This is also a moveable palette.FANUC PLC Parts

Page 10: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

4

View Control Palette (Trackball) : The View Control Palette allows the user to eas-ily change the current view of the part. The buttons around the outside providestandard view changes, redraws and unzooms. The center ball operates like atrackball and rolls to allow the part to be viewed from any orientation. Whenthe cursor is placed over the ball, it changes into a hand, which indicates thatthe ball can be rolled. Holding the mouse button down and moving the mousewill roll the trackball. The black outlined box on the ball represents the orien-tation of the part. The "T" identifies the top surface of the part. The dimen-

sions of the box do not change with the actual part size. Once the desired view is obtained, and themouse button is released, the part is redrawn in the new view. The ball has four small solid blackrectangles around it, inside the ring of buttons (located at 12:00, 3:00, 6:00, 9:00). These are calledball "handles". Drag these handles for a single axis view change. The trackball is a moveablepalette, drag its edge to move it.

DIALOGSDialogs are used when information is needed from the user. This information is conveyed

through text boxes, radio buttons, yes/no buttons, and pop-up menus.

Text boxes: Items that require keyboard inputhave a box next to them. If you click once ina text box, a flashing text cursor will appearwhere you clicked. Any typed input willbegin at the flashing text cursor. To movethe text cursor, simply click the desired loca-

tion. Double clicking in a text box will select (highlight) everything in the text box. Anythingtyped at this point will completely replace the current contents of the box. To select only portions ofthe contents of the text box, click before or after the text to be edited, hold the mouse button downand drag.

Moving from one text box to another can be accomplished by clicking or double clicking inthe desired box, or hitting the Tab key. Hitting the Tab key moves the cursor from box to box, andhighlights the entire contents of each box.

The contents of all text boxes can be cut, copied and pasted to and from the Clipboard bychoosing items from the Edit Menu.

Math Input in a Text box: All number input boxes will accept the four standard math function symbols(+ - x / ), as well as a number of special functions, (both * and x are used for multiplication).Hitting the equal key or tab key on the keyboard will display the final value. Special math functionsinclude:

r = squareroots= sinec= cosinet= tangenta= arctangentm= convert from inch to millimeter (x 25.4)i= convert from millimeter to inch (/ 25.4)

Text Box

Page 11: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 I n t e r f a c e �

5

Angle values follow the standard Cartesian coordinate system, as shown below. Negative val-ues are acceptable as input.

Radio buttons: Radio buttons come in groups. When one of the buttons in the groupis depressed (turned "on"), the other buttons in the group are "off." The button thatis depressed displays a small red dot or "light" to indicate that it is "on".

Yes/No buttons:Yes/No buttons come one per option. Depress the button foryes, pop it up for no. The button that is depressed displays a small red dot or

"light" to indicate that it is "on".

Pop-Up menus : Pop-up menus provide multiple choices. Apop-up menu looks like a button, but has an arrow indi-

cating that there are more choices available. The menu is accessed by depressing it and dragging thecursor down to scroll through the list. When the desired item is highlighted, release the mouse but-ton to select it.

Geometry Dialog : Geometry Dialogs areused for input of specific geometry infor-mation when creating shapes. All GeometryDialogs contains buttons that access theWorkgroup Information and SelectionDialogs.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 12: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

6

Moveable dialogs : Some dialogsmay be moved around on thescreen. The area at the top of thedialog is called the title bar. Thetitle bar shows the name of thedialog. Drag the title bar to movethe dialog. The small box in theupper left corner of the window isthe close box. Clicking in this boxputs the dialog away. Double-clicking on the title bar will hidethe dialog and leave only the titlebar. An additional double-clickwill restore the dialog. This isuseful for conserving screenspace. Most of the dialogs in thesystem can be shrunk to the titlebar in this manner.

Text Creation Dialog : The TextCreation Dialog contains “tabs” thatallow the user to access the Text,Spacing, and Text Flow windowscontained within the dialog. Clickon the tabs to access the desiredwindow. The bottom portion of thedialog where text can be enteredand the Process button remain avail-able regardless of what window iscurrently being viewed.

Close box Dialog Name Title Bar

Page 13: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 I n t e r f a c e �

7

Open Dialog : The Open Dialog is used to locate, view, and open files. It comes up when Open isselected from the File menu, or the Open button is depressed in the Document Control Dialog. Thepart dimensions shown in the dialog below are for a mill part. If a lathe part is being opened, thepart dimension picture will change accordingly.

Workgroup Selection Dialog : TheWorkgroup Selection Dialog is used tocreate new workgroups, switch betweenworkgroups and select workgroups tobe viewed as background workgroups.The current workgroup is highlighted inyellow. Double-clicking on an eyeballwill change the viewing of a back-ground workgroup. Geometry contained

in background workgroups will be drawn in gray, and cannot be edited or selected as a cut shape tocreate machining operations. To select multiple workgroups to be viewed as background work-groups, use the Show Selected WG item in the View Menu. Holding down the Shift key will allowmore than one eye icon to be selected at a time to be viewed.

Background Workgroup

Current Workgroup

Current Directory/Folder:displays a list of allavailable files in thecurrent directory

Pop-up menu toaccess a higher leveldirectory; displayscurrent directory

Name of thecurrent disk

Part Preview:displays the lastrendered imageof the part

Material Informationand Part Comment

Part DimensionsButton used to access the available drivesand disks contained on the system.

On DOS, Windows NT an Windows 95systems, it is the Drive button asshown above. On Macintosh systems,it is the Desktop button.

OS

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 14: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

8

MENUSMenu Bar: The menu bar, shown below, is located at the top of the screen. It is available to the userat all times. To access the menu bar, position the cursor over the menu bar title, hold the mouse but-ton down, drag the cursor down until the desired item is highlighted, and release the mouse button.If a menu item is grayed out it cannot be selected. Selecting geometry or some other appropriateitem on the screen may change the menu item so that it becomes black and can be selected. Somemenu items are grayed out because certain modules of the software are not installed with the sys-tem.

Keyboard Shortcuts : Many menu items can also be accessedby the keyboard. The symbol and letter next to the menuitem indicate that depressing a modifier key along with theletter will access that menu item.

The modifier keys used to perform certain shortcuts in the system vary depending on theoperating system. The Shortcuts information card or the Shortcuts Appendix provide com-plete listings of the specific modifier keys used on each operating system.

BALLOONS/PROMPTSBalloons and prompts provide on-line reference information about the objects and functions in

the system.

Balloons: Balloons are turned on in the Help menu. A bal-loon containing reference information will appear whenthe cursor is placed over an object on the screen.

Prompting: Prompting is also turned on in the Help menu.Prompting extends the geometry and machining palettes toinclude useful suggestions on how to use the software.

Error Balloons: Error balloons alert the user whenever an invalid value hasbeen entered. They are outlined in red and disappear when a valid entry ismade.

OS

Keyboard Shortcut

Page 15: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 I n t e r f a c e �

9

SHORTCUTSButton Shortcuts : In some cases, buttons may be depressed by actions other than clicking on them.

When a button has a black outline around it, it can be depressed by hitting theenter or return key.

Geometry Dialogs give the user a choice of single or multiple feature cre-ation. To create only one feature (a line, for example), click on the single line

button. To create more than one line, click on the multiple line button. One of the buttons will always be highlighted. The highlighted button can be depressed by clicking on it, hitting the space bar, the enter key, or the return key.

The Process button is found in some dialogs, primarily those found in the Modifymenu. It can be depressed by clicking on it, or by hitting the enter or return keys.

Palette Shortcuts: There are some keyboard shortcuts for functions other than menu choices in thesystem. Simply hit the appropriate number to activate the button.

Geometry Creation Palette Point Sub-Palette

Line Sub-Palette Circle Sub-Palette

Auto-shape Sub-Palette

The system contains many other shortcuts that are described on platform specific Shortcutsinformation cards and in the Shortcuts Appendix.

1 2 3

1 2 31 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 61 2 3 4 5 7 986

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 16: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

10

SELECTIONThree classes of objects may be selected in the system: text, geometry features and tiles. Text

and geometry can be cut, copied, and pasted to and from the clipboard within the same file by usingitems in the Edit Menu. Selection techniques are described below.

TEXT SELECTIONTo select text:

• Click and drag the cursor over some text. The text will become selected.

• Double-click in a text box. All text in the box will become selected.

• Hit the tab key to move from text box to another. All text in the box will become selected.

GEOMETRY SELECTIONTo select a single geometry feature:

• Click on a feature. The feature will become selected. If any other features were selected, they will

become deselected.To select multiple geometry features:

• Shift-click on a feature. If the feature was unselected, it will become selected and added to any other currently

selected features. If the feature was selected, it will become deselected and removed from the currently selected group.

Holding down the shift key changes the cursor to multiple selection mode which allows more than one geometry feature to be selected at a time.

To select an entire connected shape:• Double-click on a feature of the shape.

All connected features will become selected.

To select certain types of geometry:• Use the Select items found under the Edit menu.

All geometry that matches the selected type will become selected and added to the currently selected group.

TILE SELECTIONTo select a single tile:

• Click on a tile.The tile will become selected. If any other tiles were selected, they will become dese-

lected.

To select multiple tiles:• Shift-click on a tile.

Page 17: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 I n t e r f a c e �

11

If the tile was unselected, it will become selected and added to any other currently selected tiles. If the tile was selected, it will become deselected and removed from the cur-rently selected group.

Holding down the shift key changes the cursor to multiple selection mode which allows more than one tile to be selected at a time.

For additional selection shortcuts, refer to the Shortcuts information card or the ShortcutsAppendix.

COLORSThe system uses colors to graphically display different items drawn on the screen. The color

scheme for geometry, toolpaths and rendering is listed below.

GEOMETRYYellow Unconnected GeometryDashed Yellow Unconnected Rapid GeometryLight Blue Connected GeometryDashed Light Blue Connected Rapid GeometryGray Geometry viewed as a background workgroup

TOOLPATHSDark Blue Cut Shape; selected area of a shape to be machinedSolid Orange Feed Move in a ToolpathDashed Orange Rapid Move in a ToolpathDashed Gray Rapid Move used for positioning moves and tool changesSolid Gray Approach Feed Move

RENDERINGBlue StockYellow Rendering of selected operations, and/or selected toolsGray Rendering of unselected operations and/or unselected toolsRed Tool Interference

CLIPBOARDThe clipboard is used as a temporary storage place for geometry and text. Using the Cut option

from the Edit menu will delete whatever items are selected and replace the contents of the clipboardwith them. Using Copy will leave the selected items in their current location and replace the con-tents of the clipboard with a duplicate of them. Choosing Paste can do two things. If something isselected it will replace that selection with the contents of the clipboard. If nothing is selected thecontents of the clipboard will be pasted in either the drawing window or in an active text boxdepending on whether the clipboard contains text or geometry. The clipboard can only hold oneselection at a time. This means that it can hold either text or geometry, but not both. If text is copiedinto a clipboard holding geometry, the geometry in the clipboard will be lost. The contents of theclipboard will also be lost, when a file is closed, the software is quit out of, or the computer is shut-

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 18: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

12

down.It is possible to cut and paste geometry within a part file between different workgroups.

However, geometry cannot be cut, copied or pasted between different part files because the contentsof the clipboard are deleted when the part file is closed.

Page 19: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 P a r t S e t - U p �

13

CHAPTER 3 : P a r t S e t - U pDOCUMENT CONTROL DIALOG

Clicking on the Document Control Button will bring up the Document ControlDialog. This dialog is actually a combination of two linked dialogs. The top dialogcontains general information about the file and gives the user control over where it isstored on the computer. The top dialog is the same for both the Mill and Lathe mod-ules. All of the items in the top dialog, except for Material information, will bedescribed in this section. The Material database will be outlined in the machiningmanuals for the Mill and Lathe modules.

The bottom dialog changes according to the Machine Type selected in the top dialog. The bottom dialog contains information on stock size, clearance positioning

and tool change position. Only the stock size information will be explained in this section, while allinformation on clearance planes, tool change, and automatic clearance (lathe only) will be describedin the appropriate machining manual.

MachineType

MaterialInformation

StockDiagram

Comment

FileManagement

MeasurementType

Tool ChangePosition

ClearancePosition

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 20: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

14

Machine Type: Clicking on the Machine Typepop-up menu will produce a list of all machinesthe system is set up to handle. The availableselections depend on which modules of the soft-ware that have been installed. There are bothhorizontal and vertical selections for mills. The

shank size on the lathe selections refers to the standard tool holder size on a lathe. These shank sizesare used to limit the number of inserts and holders in the tool database. If the Advanced Millingmodule is installed, there will also be selections for four and five axis machines.

The buttons used for file management, described below, are also available under the File menu.

Open Button: Clicking on the Open button will bring up the Open Dialog which allows the user toselect which file to open. If a file is currently open, it will be closed and the selected file will beopened.

New Button: This button will create a new file by opening a dialog and asking for a file name and alocation to save the new file. If there is a file open, it will be closed.

Save Button: If there have been any changes made while the file was open, this button will save thechanges.

Save As Button: This button will open a dialog asking for a file name and a location to save the cur-rent file. The changes made since the last Save command will be written into the new file. The orig-inal file will not be affected. The new file will become the current, open file.

Save a Copy Button: This button is very similar to the the Save As button. The system will create aduplicate copy of the open file. The original file remains the current, open file. The name of theduplicate file can be changed.

On Macintosh, Windows NT and Windows 95 systems, the word “copy”will be added atthe end of the file name to distinguish it from the original.

Close Button: This button closes the current file. If the file has not been saved before clicking on theClose Button, a dialog will come up asking if the file should be saved.

Measurement Type: These two radio buttons determine whether values input will bebased on an English or metric standard and entered in inches or millimeters. Themeasurement type used by the post processor is determined by the post processor

itself. There are English and metric post processors. If an English post is used on a metric part, theposted numbers will be converted from millimeters to inches. Likewise, metric posts will convertvalues from inches to millimeters.

OS

Page 21: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 P a r t S e t - U p �

15

Lathe Mill

Mill Stock Size Diagram: This section of the dialog is usedto specify the starting size of the part stock. The numberswill be used to draw the stock outline and origin markercorrectly, and to draw the stock during the renderingprocess. These values will not affect the programming ofthe part, but it is recommended that they closely corre-spond to the actual stock being used.

Lathe Stock Size diagram: This section of the dialog isused to specify the starting size of the part stock.The stock size entered here will be used by the sys-tem to determine positioning moves when the AutoClearance option is turned on, and toolpath moveswhen the Material Only option is selected in aprocess. If a custom stock shape has been created in

one of the workgroups, the system will use the custom stock size for toolpath and positioningmoves. In that case, the values entered here will only be used to draw the stock outline and originmarker, correctly. The text box for the X dimension will be a radius or diameter value dependingon which option is selected for the X Dimension Style.

Comment: Any text entered as a part comment will be shown in the part preview section of the Opendialog.

THE OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DIALOG, SUCH AS CLEARANCE PLANE VALUES AND TOOL CHANGE POSITION WILL BE DESCRIBED IN THE ACCOMPANYING MACHINING MANUALS FOR THE LATHE AND MILL MODULE.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 22: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

16

CHAPTER 4 : G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o nGEOMETRY OVERVIEWGeometry must be created in order to machine a part. All part geometry is cre-

ated using the Geometry Creation palette or imported through the Exchange option.Creating geometry using the Geometry Creation palette can be accomplished inthree ways; using the Geometry Expert spreadsheet which combines the creation andconnection of all geometry features in one easy to use method, using the free formCAD tools and connecting the independent features together, or using a combinationof these two.

This chapter details the different functions available for geometry creation andprovides detailed explanations of how shapes are created using the system. To gain practicalknowledge of the concepts outlined in this chapter, complete the exercises provided in the follow-ing chapters.

GEOMETRY EXPERTGeometry Expert is a method of geometry creation which facilitates the fast creation of sim-

ple parts and the simplified creation of more complex parts, along with being very easy to learnand use. Geometry Expert is designed to create a single, continuous, shape. It allows the user todefine, create and connect shape features while following along the path of the part.

Geometry Expert has a tabular format which operates much like a standard spreadsheet.Features are defined by entering dimensions into the cells (text boxes) of the feature rows. Eachrow creates a different feature. Features are defined in the same order as they are encounteredalong the shape path.

Creating a shape using Geometry Expert is akin to “walking” around the path of the shape,indicating such items as location, direction and the distance being traveled. While this is similar tostandard shape creation techniques, Geometry Expert goes one step further. It applies its inherentknowledge of geometric principles and follows a logical course which allows for the creation ofcomplete, connected, geometrically correct shapes, requiring the least amount of input from theuser.

Geometry Expert, as the name implies, provides the user with a built-in consultant on therules and principles of geometry. The system makes the creation of simple parts as quick, easy,and painless as possible. At the same time, it makes the creation of more complex parts as simpleas possible by calculating, creating and connecting shape features based on whatever part dimen-sions are provided.

The associative capabilities of Geometry Expert make editing any existing shape a very easyprocess. The system handles the dimension changes while maintaining all the proper connectionsand relationships between pieces of geometry (eg. intersections and tangencies). Geometry Expertfrees the user from needing to understand complex geometrical relationships and calculate featuredimensions. Instead, the user can simply enter the specifications provided on the part blueprintand let Geometry Expert do the rest.

Page 23: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

17

FREE FORM CADThe free form CAD tools included in the system are also very powerful and easy to use.

Creating points and features is as easy as clicking on buttons and entering values. Likewise, con-necting features to form shapes that can be machined simply involves selecting the intersectingfeatures and clicking on a button. Several different options are provided for creating points, lines,circles, fillets, and chamfers making it possible to create any shape regardless of how the blueprintis dimensioned. The free form CAD tools are particularly useful with parts requiring constructiongeometry.

COMBINATIONUsing both Geometry Expert and the free form CAD capabilities to create a part shape is a

very powerful combination. For example, a simple shaft with chamfers can be created in minutesby using Geometry Expert to create the horizontal and vertical lines, and the automaticfillet/chamfer option in the Geometry Creation palette to create the chamfers.

Additionally, Geometry Expert allows for the loading of any shape into its spreadsheet for-mat. Loading an existing shape into Geometry Expert, whether it was created using GeometryExpert, free form CAD, or imported using the Exchange option, is as easy as double-clicking onany part of the shape while the Geometry Expert spreadsheet is open on the screen. All features ofthe shape are listed and dimensioned in the rows of the spreadsheet where they can be checkedand changed. This provides the user with a quick and easy verification method and editing tool.

GEOMETRY CREATION PALETTE

Depressing the Geometry Creation button will bring up the Geometry Creation palette. ThePoint, Line, Circle, Fillet-Chamfer and Auto-shape buttons access sub-palettes which provide vari-ous options for creating the selected type of geometry. The Geometry Expert button accesses theGeometry Expert spreadsheet which allows the user to enter feature information and quicklydefine a continuous shape. The Connect/Disconnect button allows the user to manually connect ordisconnect features. This palette also accesses different workgroups (layers) of the file and createsnew workgroups. For more information on workgroups, refer to the Workgroups section later inthis chapter.

All buttons in the Geometry Creation palette can be accessed from the keyboard by typingthe number of their position in the palette, (eg. type a 1 instead of clicking on the Point button, a 2for the Line button, etc). The Geometry Creation palette can be moved (“dragged”) to any loca-

PointButton

LineButton

CircleButton

Auto-shapeButton

Workgroup InfoButton

Workgroup SelectionButton

Close Box

Title Bar

Geometry ExpertButton

Coordinate System Button(Adv. Milling only)

SplineButton

Fillet-ChamferButton

Connect/DisconnectButton

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 24: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

18

tion on the screen by placing the cursor on the title bar of the palette so that the cursor changes tothe mover tool. Then, while holding down the mouse button, drag the dotted outline of the paletteto a different location, and let go of the mouse button.

When a sub-palette is open, the cursor will change to the selection cursor. This means thatany geometry that is clicked on will become part of the current selection. If the geometry isalready selected when it is clicked on, it will become deselected. This is the same as holdingdown the shift key when not in a sub-palette.

GEOMETRY EXPERTThere are four general ways that Geometry Expert can be utilized as a geometry creation

tool. First, the creation of simple shapes, containing primarily horizontal and vertical lines, suchas shafts, is almost effortless using Geometry Expert. The default settings and automatic angletoggling allow the user to create alternating, intersecting, horizontal and vertical lines in the fastestmanner possible. The user only needs to enter one value in order to define the line.

Second, the creation of more complex shapes, containing multiple arcs and angled lines, isgreatly simplified due to the fact that Geometry Expert constantly applies its built in logic andknowledge of geometry to guide the user through the process.

Third, the user can doodle or sketch a rough part outline using the Mouse Line tool, and thenload the shape into Geometry Expert to properly dimension it. The associative capabilities of thesystem will adjust the shape according the the new values entered, while still maintaining all thecorrect connections and relational data to the other features of the shape.

Finally, Geometry Expert is a very powerful editing tool. Feature dimensions can be adjust-ed by simply changing the values in the spreadsheet. Geometry Expert handles all of the calcula-tions and adjustments to the other features that are affected by the changes. Any shape, regardlessof how it was created, can be loaded into Geometry Expert, making it ideal for verifying andadjusting imported IGES and DXF files, old CAD files, or frequently changing part files.

HOW GEOMETRY EXPERT WORKSGeometry Expert is set up much like a standard spreadsheet. Feature specifications are

entered into cells which are contained in rows. Each row of the spreadsheet defines a feature.

Features are defined in the order that they appear along the path of the shape. When theGeometry Expert spreadsheet is open on the screen the user can create fully connected shapes byentering feature specifications in each of the rows. Because Geometry Expert creates connectedshapes, each feature is dependent on and aware of the preceding and following features.

The feature row that is being worked on at any given time is referred to as the “current row”.The current row has an upraised frame and is outlined in either yellow or black. When the currentrow contains adequate information, it is outlined in yellow. The prompt at the bottom of the

Feature Row

Cell

Scroll Bar

Page 25: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

19

spreadsheet, which gives the status of the current row, will indicate what will happen when therow is entered.

The current row will be outlined in black if it does not contain enough information. Theprompt will indicate what additional information is needed to define the row. If the user attemptsto enter a row that does not contain enough information, an error balloon will come up, again indi-cating what other information is required. When the current feature row contains the appropriateinformation, the row is entered into the spreadsheet by hitting the enter or return key. Entering anew row moves the cursor down to the next row in the spreadsheet, which will now be the currentrow. The enter and return keys only move the current row down in the spreadsheet if a new row isbeing created. Otherwise, the arrow keys or the cursor must be used to maneuver through therows in the spreadsheet.

Each feature is drawn on the screen as soon as the spreadsheet contains the necessary infor-mation. Some features cannot be drawn until later features are defined. These are referred to as“floating features” and are explained later in this section.

Creating part geometry with Geometry Expert is accomplished by walking along the path ofa shape, and defining features as they are encountered. In this way, all features are automaticallyconnected to the preceding and following features. Because of this methodology, sometimes it isnecessary to specify the correct direction of a feature, in addition to indicating its magnitude.

For arcs, the selected feature type indicates the direction, either clockwise or counter-clock-wise. For lines, the angle value indicates the direction. For example, a horizontal line can eitherbe defined with an angle value of 0° or 180°; both will draw the same line, but in the oppositedirection. Specifying the correct line direction is only an issue if the previous or next feature isgoing to be an arc. When that is the case, it is necessary to indicate to the system what directionthe line is moving. Again, checking the line direction should only be necessary when the line isbeing connected to an arc.

CREATING SHAPES USING GEOMETRY EXPERTWhen creating a part using Geometry Expert, the first thing that must be decided is the start-

ing feature and the direction to travel around the part, either clockwise or counter-clockwise.When the spreadsheet is first opened, the first row will default to a line with an angle of 90°. Theinformation in this row will need to be added to and/or changed in order to define the first feature.

The prompts indicate what additional information can be entered to define the feature. Assoon as the first row contains enough information to fully define the feature, the frame of the rowwill become yellow. When the frame is yellow, the prompting information tells the user how thefeature will be created. A yellow frame around the row indicates that the user can press enterwithout getting an error message. Hitting enter or return will create the feature and start a newrow. The reference number of the feature that was created will be placed in the Ref cell in its row.

The new row’s feature type will default to a line, and the angle will default to either 0°/180°or 90°/270°. The angle value of the line will automatically toggle between either 0°/180° or90°/270°. Once again, the prompt will indicate what information can be added to further definethe line.

In this case, and many others, the frame of the row will be yellow even if the row does notcontain enough information to fully define the feature. This is because it is still possible to addinformation in subsequent rows that will fully define the feature. At this point, information can beadded to or removed from the row to define the next feature of the shape as dimensioned on theprint. When the information is correct, the feature is created by hitting the enter or return key.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 26: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

20

This process continues until the last feature of the shape is defined. When the last feature ofthe shape is created it should intersect with the first feature of the shape. At this point the featuremust be connected using the Close Shape feature type.

Geometry Expert button: The Geometry Expert button is located in the last position in theGeometry Creation palette. Clicking on this button brings up the Geometry Expertspreadsheet, shown below, which allows the user to create connected shapes by entering

feature dimensions in the rows of the spreadsheet.

Feature Type: There are seven options available for thefeature type. They are (from left to right): line, chamfer,

fillet, clockwise arc, counter-clockwise arc, close shape, and macro. Each row must have a feature type selected. To select the feature type, click on the feature type button which will access the possible selections. Drag the mouse to the desired feature so that the button appears depressed, and let go of the mouse button. That feature will now appear as the feature type for the row. In some cases, depending on the previous feature, some of thefeature type options may be grayed out to indicate they are not valid selections. Also, depending on the feature type selected, some cells may be grayed out indicating that the selected feature type does not require that dimension. The feature type can also be selected using keyboard shortcuts. Refer to the Shortcuts information card or the Shortcuts Appendix found in the Machining Module Manuals for information on keyboard shortcuts for Geometry Expert.

Reference #: Every feature that is created is assigned a reference number by the system. The letter indicates what type of feature it is, L for line, C for circle, and the number indicates the creation order. These reference numbers may change during the course of creating geometry, but will not affect the shape.

Close box

Horizontal coordinateof Endpoint(Z in Lathe, X in Mill)

Vertical coordinateof Endpoint (Xd/Xr inLathe,Y in Mill)

Horizontal coordinate ofLine point/Centerpoint(Z in Lathe, X in Mill)

Vertical coordinate ofLine point/ Centerpoint(Xd/Xr in Lathe,Y in Mill)

Prompt

Feature Type

Reference #

Angle of Line/Radius of Circle

Length of lineor chamfer Size box

Current Row

Page 27: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

21

NOTE For lathe parts, the horizontal coordinate is a Z value, the vertical coordinate is an Xd or Xr

value. For mill parts, the horizontal coordinate is an X value and the vertical coordinate is a Yvalue.

EP Z (X): The number entered in this cell is the horizontal coordinate of the endpoint of the current feature. When a feature is defined with an endpoint, the system will draw the feature and trim it at the specified endpoint. Endpoint specifications are required if the next feature needs a start point in order to be correctly defined.

EP Xd/Xr(Y): The number entered in this cell is the vertical coordinate of the endpoint of the current feature.

EXAMPLE: The row shown below will create a 45° line with an endpoint drawn at Z -2, Xd 3. The next feature that is defined in the spreadsheet will start at the endpoint of this feature.

Angle/Rad: The number entered in this cell is dependent on the feature type selected. If the feature type is a line, this number specifies the angle of the line. The angle value for a line defaults to either 90°/270° or 0°/180° allowing for the creation of vertical or horizontal lines, respectively. The system toggles between these angle values which makes the creation of intersecting horizontal and vertical lines a very quick and easy process. The user can change the default values by simply entering the new numbers in the cells. If the feature type is a arc or fillet, this number specifies the radius.

EXAMPLE: The row shown below will create a fillet between the previous and fol-lowing feature with a radius of 0.2.

Length: The number entered in this cell is the length of the current feature. The length cell is only active if the feature type is either a line or a chamfer.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 28: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

22

LP/CP Z (X): The number entered in this cell is dependent on the feature type selected. If the feature type selected is a line, this number is the horizontal coordinate of a line point (LP). A line point is simply any point that lies somewhere on the line. Line points are only used to draw and calculate the line, they are not part of the shape. Line points are not drawn on the screen. Geometry Expert defaults to the LP/CP cell so it is more efficient when creating lines to use line points whenever possible in order to reduce the number of key strokes necessary. If the feature type selected is a circle, this number is the horizontal coordi-nate of the centerpoint of the circle.

LP/CP Xd/Xr (Y): The number entered in this cell is dependent on the feature type selected. If the feature type selected is a line, this number is the vertical coordinate of a line point. If the feature type selected is a circle, this number is the horizontal coordinate of the centerpoint of the circle.

EXAMPLE: The row shown below will create a 90° (vertical) line that goes through the point at X 4. When defining either horizontal (0°/180°) or vertical (90°/270°) lines, only one LP coordinate is required. Refer to the section on Half Points in this chapter for more information.

EXAMPLE: The row shown below will create a circle with a radius of 2 and acenterpoint at X 2, Y 3.

Prompt: The information contained in the prompt indicates the status of the current row. When a feature row is outlined in yellow, the prompt tells the user what specifications have been entered for this feature and what will happen when the row is entered. If the feature row is outlined in black indicating that more information is required, the prompt will tell the user what additional information is required. The prompt also indicates if the system has auto-matically deleted a cell value because the feature row contained too much information that overdefined the feature. This aspect of Geometry Expert is referred to as the “auto delete”function which is explained in the Expert Aids section of this chapter.

Page 29: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

23

Close box: Clicking in this box will close Geometry Expert and allow the user to use the free form CAD tools contained in the Geometry Creation palette. When Geometry Expert is closed,all information is cleared out of the spreadsheet. When the Geometry Expert button is depressed again, the spreadsheet will come up empty. In order to load or reload a shape into the spreadsheet, simply double click on any feature of the shape while the spreadsheet is open on the screen.

Size box: The size box allows the user to adjust the size of the Geometry Expert spreadsheet. To adjust the size of the spreadsheet, click in the Size box and drag the window to the desired size. The width cannot be changed, but the length can be adjusted.

Scroll Bar: The scroll bar and arrows allow the user to scroll through the rows contained in the spreadsheet to make adjustments and check the values entered. This is useful if the spread-sheet needs to stay relatively small to fit on the screen, and/or if it contains many features.

EXPERT AIDSThere are several items built in to Geometry Expert that are designed to guide the user

through geometry creation. They include prompting, auto delete, and error balloons.

PromptingThe prompting information appears across the bottom of the Geometry Expert spreadsheet.

The prompt tells the user what actions are being taken by the system based on the information pro-vided by the user. The user should be able to follow the prompts through the creation process toget a good idea of what is happening.

Auto DeleteThe auto delete function of Geometry Expert is intended to reduce errors resulting from fea-

tures being overdefined because too much information has been entered in the feature row.Geometry Expert is designed so that the user need only enter the minimum amount of informationto define a feature. The system will automatically delete the first entry made in the feature rowwhen the feature is overdefined. Auto delete is necessary in order to facilitate the associativecapabilities of Geometry Expert. Note that the default values, such as the line angle, are consid-ered the first entry rather than any information entered by the user. The prompt will indicate whatinformation is being deleted.

Error BalloonsGeometry Expert also contains Error Balloons which appear on the screen whenever a prob-

lem occurs. The most common error messages appear when the system requires more informationfor a feature being entered. For example, if a line needs another value for an end point, an ErrorBalloon will come up indicating that a V or H value is needed to calculate the end point. TheError Balloons and Prompting use the letters V and H, indicating Vertical and Horizontal, ratherthan using X and Y (for Mill) or Xd/Xr and Z (for Lathe.) This way the error messages remain thesame regardless of what module is being used.

Another common error message indicates that the feature being defined cannot intersect withthe previous feature. The non-intersecting feature can still be created, but the message indicates toFANUC PLC Parts

Page 30: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

24

the user that the continuity of the shape has been broken and the subsequent features being createdwill not connect to the existing shape.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONDefaults

When entering features in the Geometry Expert spreadsheet, the system contains defaults forthe feature type and line angle. The standard feature type default is a line. When GeometryExpert defaults to a line, it also enters an angle value, either 90°/270° or 0°/180°, depending onthe angle of the last line entered. Sometimes a line is not a possible feature type option, in whichcase the system defaults to an arc. This only occurs when the previous feature is a floating line.Geometry Expert dimensions the line according the preceding and following feature specifications.Floating features are not drawn on the screen until the system contains the necessary information.

Post TargetingDespite all of its expertise, Geometry Expert can’t always know the correct intersection point

to use for a connector. When there are two or more, equally valid points of intersection, the sys-tem will draw both points. This is referred to as post targeting. When post targeting is required, adialog will come up that asks the user to select the appropriate point and click on the OK button.Once the user has selected the desired intersection point, Geometry Expert will make the appropri-ate connection and continue along in the spreadsheet defining and connecting features.

The Edit menu contains an item that will change the intersection point selected in a post tar-geting dialog to the other possible point of intersection. The menu item toggles between UseIntersection #1 and Use Intersection #2, depending on the point selected and where it lies alongthe path of the shape. This option will be an active item when a feature that required post target-ing is selected on the screen.

Half PointsIn certain cases, only one coordinate, either the horizontal or vertical, is required to define

the feature. This is referred to as a half point case. Half points are valid when Geometry Expert isable to calculate the other half of the coordinate value from information contained in the spread-sheet. (Either preceding or following features.)

When a valid half point is entered, the row will be highlighted in yellow, allowing the user toenter the feature row. If the half point entered is not valid, the row will be highlighted in blackand the prompt will indicate what additional information is necessary to enter the row. If anincomplete row is entered, an error ballon will come up indicating what additional information isrequired. There are three cases where half points are valid. They are listed and explained below.

Half Line Point: A half line point is valid only when creating either a horizontal line (angle value = 0° or 180°) or vertical line (angle value = 90° or 270°). If creating a horizontal line, a V coordinate must be given for a valid half line point. If creating a vertical line, an H coordi-nate must be given for a valid half line point. Line points are not part of the shape, but are only used to calculate the position of the line.Half End Point: A half end point is only valid if the line is otherwise completely defined. Given either the vertical or horizontal coordinate of the end point along with the other informa-tion that defines the line, the system can calculate the other half of the end point. If a half end point is used in the case of 0°/180° or 90°/270° lines, the half end point will function like a half line point, in that an end point will not be drawn, although the correct line will be created.

Page 31: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

25

Half Center Point: A half center point is valid when a circle has a radius value and is tangent to the preceding feature. (There must be a preceding feature.) Given the radius and the vertical or horizontal component of the centerpoint, the system can calculate the other half of the centerpoint by the assumed tangencies.

Floating FeaturesFloating features are features whose defining row does not contain all of the information nec-

essary to draw the feature. Floating feature rows are different from incomplete feature rows. Withfloating feature rows, the information contained in the current feature row and the preceding rowsis inadequate to completely define the feature and draw it. However, subsequent features, definedin following rows, should provide the necessary information to define the floating feature.Floating feature rows are outlined in yellow and can be entered.

Incomplete feature rows do not contain enough information to create the feature, and noamount of information entered in following rows will make the feature definable. Incomplete fea-ture rows are outlined in black and cannot be entered without getting error messages.

Again, the row outline and the prompting information will indicate if the feature row can beentered, and if it is, how the floating feature will be incorporated into the shape after later featureshave been defined.

Inserting and Deleting RowsThe Edit menu contains options for inserting and deleting rows in the spreadsheet. When

inserting rows in the spreadsheet, the system will create a new row above the current row. Toinsert a row, select the row beneath the row to be inserted. Then, select the Insert row option inthe Edit menu. When an inserted row is entered, the system will recalculate the shape and attemptto incorporate the new feature into the existing shape, if possible.

To delete a row, simply select the row to be removed, and choose the Delete Row option inthe Edit menu. When rows are deleted, Geometry Expert will recalculate the shape, and attemptto keep it continuous and connected. If that is not possible, error balloons will appear indicatingthat features do not intersect and the shape cannot be connected.

Arcs vs. FilletsArcs with only a radius value and fillets appear to be very similar at first glance, but actually

use two completely different methods for calculating the circles. A fillet takes a sharp point pro-duced by an intersection between two other features and changes it into a radius. It is created afterthe intersection between the two features is completed. Because of this, it is dependent on theintersection of the other two features to exist. This means that the system cannot use the fillet tocalculate features that follow it in the spreadsheet. As the prompts indicate, Geometry Expertcompletely ignores fillets (and chamfers) when calculating what information is necessary to definefeatures. When the prompt displays information about the interaction between the current featureand the previous feature, fillets will be ignored.

An arc with only a radius value is created tangent to two other features. These two featuresdo not have to intersect. The arc is treated as an actual feature and can be used when calculatingother features of the shape.

This is particularly important when dealing with floating lines (lines with limited informa-tion) that have specific tangency requirements. Geometry Expert assumes that floating lines aregoing to be made tangent to the preceding feature. In most cases this is adequate, but sometimes a

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 32: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

26

floating line is supposed to intersect the previous circle and be tangent to the next circle. This iscalled a "forward" tangency.

In the case of forward tangencies, if there is a radius between the previous circle and thefloating line, then an arc, rather than a fillet, must be used in order to allow for the necessary tan-gency calculation. The line will be made tangent to both the arc used as a fillet and the next arc.A fillet cannot be used in this case because the fillet will be ignored by the system until the inter-section is completed, and the correct intersection cannot be created without the arc. If there is nofillet, an arc with a radius of zero will need to be created. This will allow the system to create theline tangent to the following circle, while creating a sharp point at the intersection of the previousfeature.

For a practical example of forward tangencies, refer to Exercise # 3 in the CombinationExercises Chapter.

FREE FORM CADThe free form CAD tools are contained in the Geometry Creation palette. The buttons in the

palette access sub-palettes and dialogs that allow the user to enter feature specifications and createshapes. The buttons, sub-palettes and dialogs are described below.

Point button: Clicking on this button brings up the Point sub-palette, shown below, whichconsists of a group of buttons containing the construction tools for creating points.

Point sub-palette: This sub-palette con-tains buttons which allow the user tocreate points in 3D space in a varietyof ways. When each is depressed, a geometry dialog appears on the

screen. Geometry dialogs are used for input of specific geometric (numerical) information in the creation of points and features. If two features are selected before the Point button is depressed, the Point sub-palette will be skipped and a dialog providing for the creation of a point between the two features will appear instead. Likewise, once the Point button has been depressed, two features can be selected without depressing a button of the sub-palette, and a dialog will automatically appear allowing for the creation of a point between the two features selected. If only the Lathe module is installed, the Bolt Circle button and the Matrix Point button will be grayed out because they have no applications in lathe.

XYZ button: Create a point by typing in the coordinate values for the point.For Mill, X,Y, and Z coordinates. For lathe, Xd or Xr (depending on the XDimension style) and Z coordinates.

Polar Point button: Create a point at some angle and distance from an existingpoint.

Page 33: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

27

Bolt Circle Point button: Create a circular pattern of points by entering theappropriate information in the dialog shown below.

Matrix Point button: Create a parallelogram pattern of points by entering therequired information in the dialog shown below.

Centerpoint button: Create a point at the center of an existing circle.

Mouse Point button: Create a point wherever the cursor is clicked with a user-defined grid spacing.

Return button: This button appears at the far right end of geometry sub-palettes and dialogs, and returns the user to the Geometry Creation palette.It can also be activated by hitting the escape key on the keyboard.

Side 1Change in X

Side 1Change in Y

# of pointsin Side 1

Y Coordinateof 1st PointX Coordinateof 1st point

Z Depthof Points

# of Pointsin Side 2

Side 2Change in Y

Side 2Change in X

X Coordinate ofPattern Centerpoint

Y Coordinate ofPattern Centerpoint

Radius ofCircle Pattern

Z Depthof Points

Creation Order Direction(CCW or CW)

Angle to 1st Point

# of Pointsin Pattern

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 34: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

28

Line button: Clicking on this button brings up the Line sub-palette, shown below, which pro-vides for the creation of lines.

Line sub-palette: This sub-palette con-tains buttons which provide differentmethods to create lines. All buttons inthis palette are active choices. If

two features and/or points are selected before the Line button is depressed and those points and/or features can have a line created through or tangent to them, the Line sub-palette will be skipped and a dialog asking to create a line between the two features and/or points will appear instead. Likewise, once the Line button has been depressed, two features and/or points can be selected without depressing a button of the sub-palette, and a geometry dialog will automati-cally appear allowing for the creation of a line between the two features and/or points selected.

Point-Angle button: Create a line through an existing point at some specifiedangle.

Tangent-Angle button: Create a line tangent to an existing circle at some speci-fied angle.

Parallel Line button: Create a line parallel to an existing line at some specifieddistance.

Perpendicular Line button: Create a line perpendicular to an existing linethrough a specified point.

Parallel to Axis button: Create either a horizontal or vertical line, parallel toan axis, at a specified distance from the axis.

Mouse Line button: Create connected lines using the mouse. Endpoints will bemade whenever you click on the mouse button, and will snap to a pre-defined grid of the users choice.

Circle button: Clicking on this button accesses the Circle sub-palette, shown below, whichprovides options for the creation of circles.

Circle sub-palette: This sub-palette con-tains a group of buttons for creatingcircles. If two features and/or pointsare selected before the Circle button is

depressed and those points and/or features can have a circle created tangent to them, the Circlesub-palette will be skipped and a dialog asking to create a circle tangent to the features and/or points will appear instead. Likewise, once the Circle button has been depressed, features and/or points can be selected without depressing a button of the sub-palette, and dialog will automatically appear allowing for the creation of a line between the two features and/or points selected.

Page 35: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

29

Centerpoint-Radius button: Create a circle using a selected point for the cen-terpoint and defining a radius.

Centerpoint-Circumference button: Create a circle by choosing a point for thecenterpoint and another as a point on the circumference of the circle.

Three Elements button: Create a circle by selecting any combination of threepoints, lines or circles for the circle to intersect or be tangent to.

Auto-shape button: Clicking on this button brings up the Auto-shape sub-palette which pro-vides options for automatically generating shapes including text, rectangles, and poly-gons.

Auto-shape sub-palette: This sub-paletteprovides options for quickly creatingtext, rectangles and polygons. Eachbutton in the sub-palette accesses adialog specific to the type of shapethat will be created.

Text Creation button: This button accesses the Text Creation dialog which cre-ates spline geometry from any TrueType font. For more information on TextCreation refer to the Text Creation section later in this chapter.

Rectangle button: This button accesses the Rectangle dialog which creates rec-tangles and squares.

Rectangle dialog: This dia-log specifies the length ofeach side of the rectangleand the center position ofthe shape. There is also aradio button at the bottomof the dialog whichallows the user to specifya fillet radius which willbe added at each cornerof the shape. Clicking onthe Process button createsthe defined shape.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 36: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

30

Polygon button: This button accesses the Polygon dialog which creates multi-sided shapes (polygons).

Polygon dialog: Thisdialog specifies thenumber of sides, thecenter position, the dis-tance from the center-point to either the flatside or the corder.There is also a radiobutton at the bottom ofthe dialog whichallows the user to spec-ify a fillet radius whichwill be added at eachcorner of the shape.

Curve button: Clicking on this button accesses the Curve sub-palette which provides optionsfor creating curves through a series of selected points.

Curve sub-palette: This sub-palette pro-vides three different methods for cre-ating curves through a series of pre-defined points. Those methods

include Line Fit, Curve Fit, and Control Point. The Curve sub-palette changes in appearance depending on the selected creation method. For more information on Curve Creation refer to the Curve Creation section later in this chapter.

Fillet-Chamfer button: When this button is depressed, the Fillet-Chamfer sub-palette appearson the screen. The options available in this menu can only be used on fully connectedpoints. Normally the button is grayed out, however, when a point(s) is selected, the but-

ton becomes black and allows the user to access the sub-palette. If the point is not a connectorpoint the sub-palette will come up on the screen, but no fillets or chamfers will be created.Multiple fillets and chamfers can be created at one time by using this option when multiple pointsare selected.

Fillet-Chamfer sub-palette: This sub-palette provides options for creatingfillets and chamfers. The first buttonprovides for the creation of fillets. The remaining three buttons allow

the user to create chamfers by specifying the chamfer size using different methods of definition. The pictures on the chamfer creation buttons clearly display the meaning of the value entered for the chamfer size.

Page 37: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

31

Fillet button : Create a fillet by selecting a connector point(s), entering aradius value and clicking on the single circle button.

Chamfer-Side button: Create a chamfer by selecting a connector point(s),entering a side value and clicking on the single line button.

Chamfer-Depth button: Create a chamfer by selecting a connector point(s),entering a depth value and clicking on the single line button.

Chamfer-Length button: Create a chamfer by selecting a connector point(s),entering a length value and clicking on the single line button.

Connect/Disconnect button: This button does not access any sub-palettes or dialogs. Itbecomes an available option (black instead of gray) when a point is selected. To change aplain point to a connector point, the point and the two features that intersect at that point

must be selected prior to clicking on this button. To disconnect or break a connection, only thepoint needs to be selected prior to clicking on the button. Refer to the Shapes and Connectors sec-tion in this chapter for details.

TEXT CREATIONThe system contains the capability to generate geometry from any TrueType® font. The Text

Creation Dialog is accessed from the Auto-shape sub-palette by clicking on the Text CreationButton.

Text Creation Dialog : The Text Creation Dialog allows the user toselect the typeface, text size, justifi-cation, position, spacing betweencharacters, words and lines, and textflow. The Text Creation Dialog con-tains tabs that access different win-dows available in the dialog whichinclude Text, Spacing and Text Flow.The Process button and the TextEntry box (bottom portion of thedialog where text is entered) remainavailable regardless of which tabwindow is currently being viewed.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 38: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

32

Text Tab Window : The specificationsentered in this window establish whatthe text will look like and where itwill be positioned on the part.

Typeface Pop-Up Menu : This menu designates the typeface that will be usedto create the text. Only TrueType fonts (typefaces) can be used to

create geometry from text. All TrueType fonts installed on the system will be available in this pop-up menu.

Text Size : This value specifies the height (measured in either inches ormillimeters) of a capital ‘A’ in the selected typeface. All other characterswill be sized proportionally.

Justification : These buttons specify whether the text should be left justified,centered or right justified. If left justified is selected, all text is aligned sothe left edge of each line is in the same X location, or if radial is selected,

the same angle. If centered is selected, the center of each line of text is calculated and the text is positioned so the centers all share the same X location or angle. If right justified is selected, the text is aligned so the right edge of each line is in the same X location, or if radial is select-ed, the same angle. Justification will only have an affect if there is more than one line of text. The longest line of text is used to specify the left or right edge, or the center. All text is then aligned based on one of these locations.

Straight Text Alignment : Text can either be created ina straight line or along an arc. This is designated inthe Text Flow window which is described later inthis section. If straight text is created, a rectangulararea that will contain the text is used for positioning.The diagram specifies how the text will be posi-tioned within the rectangular text area based on the

coordinates of the Alignment Point. For example, if the position highlighted in the diagram shown above is selected, the text will be positioned in the lower left corner of the rectangular text area at the Alignment Point. The bottom of the text will be at the Y value of the AlignmentPoint and the left edge of the text will be at the X value of the Alignment Point. Clicking on the circular position points selects the different possible alignment locations.

Page 39: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

33

Radial Text Alignment : If text is created along anarc, a radial area that will contain the text is usedfor positioning. The radial text area is created byentering an angle value that specifies where alongthe arc the text will begin and a radius that speci-fies the size of the arc. The Center Point coordi-nates specify the center point of the arc. The

diagram specifies how the text will be positioned within the radial text area. Examples with theRadial Text Alignment information and the resulting text are shown below.

EXAMPLE 1: Inner Radius/Start on AngleThe picture shows the text as well as the arc and line which designate the radial text area and the starting location of the text. The position selected on the diagram will create the text along the outside of the cir-cle beginning at the line specified by the angle. (The circle and line are drawn only to better visualize the example.)

EXAMPLE 2: Center Radius/Center on AngleThe picture shows the text as well as the arc and line which designate the radial text area and the starting location of the text. The position selected on the diagram will create the text along the centerline of the circle and the center of the line of text will lie along the line specified bythe angle.

EXAMPLE 3: Outer Radius/End on AngleThe picture shows the text as well as the arc and line which designate the radial text area and the starting location of the text. The position selected on the diagram will create the text along the inside of the circle ending at the line specified by the angle.FANUC PLC Parts

Page 40: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

34

`

Text Entry Box: This box con-tains the text that will be creat-ed in the current workgroupaccording to the specificationsentered in the tab windows.

The Text Entry Box is always at the bottom of the Text Creation Dialog regardless of what window is open. Multiple lines of text should be separated with a carriage return. Regardless of the typeface selected in the Typeface pop-up menu, the text shown in this box will be dis-played in the Chicago typeface.

Process Button : Clicking on the Process button will create geometry from the textentered.

Spacing Tab Window: The specifica-tions entered in this window allowthe user to enter additional spacingdistance between characters, wordsand lines of the text. The systemautomatically spaces the text andlines. If values are entered in thiswindow, the values entered will beADDED to the standard spacing.

Text Flow Tab Window: The specifica-tions entered in this window desig-nate the text flow, line flow andshape of the text.

Text Flow buttons : Text can either be created horizontally or vertical-ly. The first two buttons create text (characters) that will flow along ahorizontal line, either from left to right (1st button) or right to left(2nd button). The last two buttons will make the text flow along a ver-

tical line, either from bottom to top (3rd button) or from top to bottom (4th button).

Page 41: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

35

Shapes buttons: These buttons designate whether the text will be created ina straight line or on an arc. (These buttons will change in appearancewhen creating vertical lines of text, but their functionality remains thesame). The first button will make the text flow along the arc specified in

the Text tab window in a clockwise direction. The middle button creates text in a straight line, and the third button creates text on an arc in a counter-clockwise direction. The selection madefor Shapes will affect the Alignment Diagrams in the Text tab window.

Lines buttons : These buttons only have an effect if multiple lines of text arebeing created. (These buttons will change in appearance when creating verti-cal lines of text, but their functionality remains the same). The first buttonspecifies that the lines flow from bottom to top for horizontal lines of text or

from left to right for vertical lines. The second button specifies that horizontal lines of text flow from top to bottom or vertical lines flow from right to left.

CURVE CREATIONThe Curve Button accesses the Curve Creation sub-palette, shown below, which provides three

different methods for creating a curve through a series of pre-defined points. Those methodsinclude: Line Fit, Curve Fit and Control Point. Each method is described below. The Curve Creationsub-palette changes in appearance (some items are hidden) depending on the curve method. Thecurve will travel through the points in the order they were selected. The Sort item in the Modifymenu can be used to sort the points in the correct order to create the desired curve.

CURVE CREATION SUB-PALETTE

Line Fit: This method creates straight lines between the selected points. If a Tolerance isspecified, any points that are co-linear within the specified tolerance will be approximatedby a single line, rather than several small lines between the points. If Close Shape is turned

on, the system will create a closed shape, meaning that the first and last lines will be connected. TheBlending Method Pop-Up Menu is not applicable when using the Line Fit method.

Curve Fit: This method creates a B-Spline curve through the selected points. The Tolerancevalue is designed to reduce the mathematical complexity of the finished curve and shouldonly be larger than 0 when generating curves from a large number of points. When a 0 tol-

erance is used the system will create a smooth curve that passes through every selected point. Whena value larger than 0 is used, the system uses a different method to produce the curve, and any

Curve Fit Button

Line Fit Button

Control Point Button Tolerance

Close Shape Button Blending MethodPop-up Menu

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 42: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

36

points that lie within the tolerance specified will be skipped. Even if no points lie inside the toler-ance, a completely different curve will be generated by the system than if a 0 tolerance was used.The curve generated by 0 tolerance will be smoother than a curve generated by a non-zero tolerance.

If Close Shape is turned on, the system will create a closed, continuous shape. The BlendingMethod choices control how the curve will be approximated through the selected group of points.There are an infinite number of possible curves that can be drawn between a series of points. Theway the curve is calculated between the points is based on the blending method selected from theBlending Method Pop-up menu.

The system provides four options for the blending method. They are Chord Length, Uniform,Foley’s and Centripetal. One way to explain the differences between these blending methods is toimagine a point traveling along the curve being created. The difference between methods is howmuch time the point spends traveling along the curve between the points that define the curve. TheChord Length and Uniform methods are general curve calculation methods. The Foley’s andCentripetal methods are based on the Chord Length and Uniform methods and attempt to create acloser approximation of the desired curve. Each blending method is described below.

Chord Length: This method creates a curve between points proportional to thedistance between points. That is, the farther apart two points are, the "longertime" it spends traveling between them, which is why it creates wider curves.The closer two points are together, the curve flattens out, because "less time" isspent traveling between the points.

Uniform: This method attempts to create curves of equal length between pointsof equal distance from each other.

Foley's: This method takes into account the angle between adjacent points. Thelarger the angle, the "more time" is spent between the points, causing the curveto be less pointed than the Uniform method.

Centripetal: This method is based on the Chord Length method. It uses the calcu-lated square root of the Chord Length method to blend the curve between theselected points. This makes for a slimmer curve.

Control Point Fit: This method produces a B-spline curve using the selected points as controlpoints. When using control points, only the first and last point must actually lie on thecurve. The other points are used to specify the shape and direction of the curve. The Close

Shape, Tolerance and Blending Method specifications are not applicable when using the ControlPoint Fit Method.

Page 43: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

37

ACCURACY PREFERENCEAccuracy Preference: Preferences are located in thePreferences submenu under the File menu. This preferenceis used when working with curves. When curves aremachined, the toolpath breaks up the curve into line seg-ments that can be cut by the CNC machine. The Machiningtolerance specifies how much the line-segmented toolpathcan deviate from the true curve. The other specification isused when higher order curves are imported into the sys-tem. The system supports and is optimized for the creationof cubic order curves. Higher order curves can be imported.The value in the second box specifies the number for linesegments that will be drawn to create the curve. For asmoother curve drawing, enter a larger number. For the

curve to be drawn faster, enter a smaller number. This value only affects the drawing resolution ofthe curve, not the machining. The machining is controlled by the Machining tolerance.

WORKGROUPSWorkgroups are used as layers to separate different sets of geometry. The user can view

more than one workgroup at a time, or only view the current workgroup that is being worked in.The viewing, selection and creation of workgroups is accomplished using buttons in the GeometryCreation palette. The workgroup buttons are explained below.

Workgroup Info button: This button is found in the right hand corner of the GeometryCreation palette. When it is depressed, a dialog comes up which allows the user to enter

a comment about the workgroup. The text entered for the Comment will appear in the WorkgroupSelection dialog next to the number of the workgroup it describes. The comment also appears inthe Workgroup Selection pop-up menu, and across the top of the Geometry Creation palette.

The picture on the left is the Workgroup Info dialog for the Milling module. If the AdvancedMilling module has been installed, the WG machining CS pop-up menu will be black and active,allowing the user to select the machining coordinate system for the current workgroup. If theAdvanced Milling module has not been installed, the pop-up menu will be grayed out.

The picture on the right is the Workgroup Info dialog for the Lathe module. In addition toentering a comment, the user can specify whether the geometry contained in the selected work-group is part geometry that will be machined or a custom stock outline. The Fixtures option willbe implemented in future versions of the software. If the Part Stock option is selected, the geome-try drawn in the workgroup will be used for any calculations that need to look at the stock dimen-sions, such as Auto Clearance and Material Only. Additionally, the custom part stock will beused when the part is rendered.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 44: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

38

Mill Lathe

Workgroup Selection button: When this button is clicked on, the Workgroup Selection dia-log, shown below on the left, appears on the screen. This dialog lists the workgroups of

the file being worked on, and also allows the user to create new workgroups. The name of thecurrent workgroup is highlighted. To switch workgroups, click on the name of the desired work-group. To create a new workgroup, click on the New Workgroup choice at the bottom of the list.The eye to the left of the workgroup will be open if a workgroup is being viewed. The eye next tothe current workgroup is always open. Double-clicking on a closed eye next to another, non-cur-rent workgroup will cause that workgroup to be viewed as a background workgroup. Geometryfrom background workgroups is drawn in gray and cannot be selected. Double-click on an openeye to hide the workgroup.

This button also accesses a pop-up menu, shown below on the right, which allows the userto quickly and easily change the current workgroup. The pop-up menu can be accessed by hold-ing the Workgroup Selection button down with the mouse. When the current workgroup ischanged, any background workgroups being viewed will stay on the screen as background work-groups.

Show Selected WG: This item is found in the View menu and allows for the selection of multipleworkgroups to be viewed as background workgroups. The eye icons in the Workgroup SelectionDialog, shown below, are used to view workgroups as background workgroups and to change thecurrent workgroup.

Page 45: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

Holding down the shift key and clicking on multiple eyes, as shown in the picture above to the left,allows more than one workgroup to be selected. When the desired workgroups are selected, choosethe Show Selected WG menu item to have them viewed as background workgroups. All the eyes willbe open, as shown in the picture above to the right, indicating that those workgroups will be viewedas background workgroups. Using the Select All item in the Edit menu will select all of the eyes(workgroups). A range of eyes (workgroups) can be selected by holding down the appropriate modi-fier key and clicking on the first and last eye of the group. All eyes in between will be selected. Thisitem and the Hide Selected WG item are especially useful when working with imported IGES andDXF files with many layers.

On Windows NT and Windows 95/98 systems, hold down the Control key to select a range ofworkgroups. (If Alternate Shortcuts is selected in the Interface Preference, use the Alt key.) OnMacintosh systems, hold down the Command (") to select a range of workgroups.

Hide Selected WG: This item operates in the same manner as the Show Selected WG item, except thatit allows multiple workgroups to be hidden (not drawn on the screen). The same methods of selec-tion used for the Show Selected WG item apply.

SHAPES AND CONNECTORSMachining a part using the system requires that part geometry be contained in the part file. In

order to drill holes or thread mill, position information (points) must be defined. In order to cut acontour, rough and finish an OD/ID, or cut a thread, a shape (lines and circles) must be defined sothat the tool has an outline to follow. To cut a pocket, a closed shape must be defined.

There are two types of shapes: open shapes and closed shapes. An open shape is a group ofconnected features. There is a definite beginning and end to the shape. The two ends may or maynot be terminated. A closed shape is a group of connected features in which there is no end orbeginning. A circle is the most simple example of a closed shape. Double-clicking on a feature in aclosed shape will select all of the features and points in the shape.

Open Shape Closed Shape

39

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 46: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

There are two classifications of geometry used by the software; features and points. Lines, cir-cles and curves are features. Points are points.

POINTSA point has three states. It can either be a plain point, a connector point, or a terminator point.A plain point is used for constructing other geometry or it can be turned into a connector or

terminator. Plain points can also be used as positioning information for drilling or thread millingoperations. Points are drawn as yellow circles.

A connector is used to connect two features together. It is drawn as a blue square.A terminator is used to end a shape. It is drawn as a yellow square.

FEATURESA feature is either a line or a circle. A feature also has three states: unconnected, connected but

not trimmed, and connected and trimmed. A feature can have a maximum of two connectors and/orterminators attached to it. When the second connection has been added to a feature, it will changecolors and become trimmed.

Unconnected features are drawn in yellow. They are used either for constructing additionalgeometry or can be connected to other geometry to form a shape to be machined. Single features(one line or one circle for example), drawn in yellow, can be machined by the system without beingconnected to any other features or having any connection points.

Connected, but not trimmed, features are features that have only one connection to anotherfeature. The feature will not be trimmed until a second connection is added, or it is terminated. Itwill still be drawn in yellow.

Connected and trimmed features are drawn in blue. They have been connected (or terminat-ed) at both ends. Since they already have two connections on them, no additional features can beconnected to them.

MAKING CONNECTIONSMost connections are made automatically by the software. If the Point button is chosen on the

Geometry Creation palette and two features on the screen are selected, the software will automati-cally create a connector at the intersection or tangency of the two features. If a connection cannotbe made automatically, a plain point will be created at the intersection or tangency of the two fea-tures. Once a feature has two connectors on it, it is considered fully connected. A connection mustbe broken on the original shape before another connection can be added to it.

If a plain point exists at the intersection or tangent point between two yellow features, thatpoint can be turned into a connector. This is accomplished using the Connect-Disconnect button inthe Geometry Creation palette. To change a point into a connector, use the shift key to select thepoint and the two features that intersect at the point. These should be the only items that are select-ed. Click on the Connect-Disconnect button. The point will turn into a blue square. If one (orboth) of the features is already connected to another feature, it will turn blue and trim.

The four descriptions listed below explain possible reasons why the Connect-Disconnect but-ton will not perform the desired function.

• One of the features already has two connections on it.• The point is not perfectly tangent to or is not exactly at the intersection of the two features.• The wrong geometry is selected, in most cases, too much or too little.

40

Page 47: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

• There are multiple features on top of each other.The best way to tell if there are multiple features on top of each other is to turn on Labels from

the View menu. If all of the numbers are clearly visible, there is only one feature at that location.If the numbers are jumbled, there are probably features on top of each other. Try deleting featuresand re-drawing until there is only one feature left. If the last feature is deleted by accident, use theUndo item from the Edit menu to back up a step.

To trim the last feature of a shape, a point needs to be created at the location where the shapeis to be trimmed to. The feature must be yellow. Select the point and the feature and click on theConnect-Disconnect button. The point will turn into a yellow square. If the feature already has oneconnector or terminator on it, it will turn blue and trim.

When connecting circles, the shortest side of the circle will be used and the rest will betrimmed away. To use the larger portion of the circle, select the circle after it has been trimmed anduse the Reverse Arc choice from the Modify menu.

BREAKING CONNECTIONS (DISCONNECTING)It is sometimes necessary to break a connection. If the software automatically creates a con-

nection that was not desired or changes need to be made to the original geometry, then the connec-tion will need to be broken. To break a connection, select the connector or terminator where theconnection needs to be broken and click on the Connect-Disconnect button. The connection will bebroken. The connector or terminator will turn into a regular yellow circle and the connected fea-tures will turn yellow and extend to their original size. The features can then be changed andreconnected to form a new shape.

EDIT MENUThe Edit menu contains items that allow the user to adjust and select items contained in the

file. Each item found in this menu is described below in the order it is encountered in the menu.

Undo: This item will undo the last action performed. Some actions cannot be undone. When Undois grayed out in the menu, the previous action cannot be undone.

The Cut, Copy and Paste functions allow selected items, geometry or text, to be duplicatedand/or moved in a file. This is accomplished using the clipboard, which is a temporary storageplace contained in the system. These functions only work within the currently open file because thecontents of the clipboard are erased when a file is closed. Refer to the Clipboard section in theInterface Chapter for additional information.

Cut: This function will delete any selected items, and copy these items to the clipboard. The item(s)can then be placed in the same file using the Paste function.

Copy: This function will make a duplicate of the selected items and copy it to the clipboard. Theitem(s) can then be pasted in the same file.Paste: This function will place the contents of the clipboard in either the drawing window, if theclipboard contains geometry, or an active text box, if the clipboard contains text. If another item isselected when pasting, that item will be deleted and replaced by the contents of the clipboard.

41

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 48: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

The next four items provide different methods for selecting and deselecting geometry.

Select All: This function will select all of the geometry contained in the current workgroup.

Select submenu: The items contained in the submenu allow the user to onlyselect certain geometry items. The Points item will select all points, regard-less of type. The Connectors and Terminators items will only select theappropriate type of point. The By Radius item brings up a dialog where aradius value is entered. Only circles with the specified radius will beselected. The Feeds item will select all lines, while the Rapids item willonly select rapid lines that were created using the Mouse-Line tool. Whenthe Mouse Drag item is selected the user can drag the cursor around an areaand all the geometry contained in that area will become selected.

Deselect All: This item will deselect any geometry currently selected.

Deselect submenu: The items contained in the submenu will deselect any geometry of the chosen typethat is currently selected.

The next three items are used with Geometry Expert.

Insert Row: This item will insert a blank row in the spreadsheet above the current row selected.When an inserted row contains the necessary information and is entered, the system will recalculatethe shape and attempt to incorporate the inserted feature into the existing shape, if possible.

Delete Row: This item will deselect the selected row from the spreadsheet. As soon as the row isdeleted, the system will adjust the remaining shape to maintain the appropriate connections, if possi-ble.

Use Intersection #1 (#2): This item will toggle between Use Intersection #1 and Use Intersection #2in the menu. This option enables the user to select different intersections between concurrent fea-tures in the spreadsheet. This option is available when the feature defined by the current row inter-sects the feature defined by the following row in two places. This item will change the point ofintersection, selected in a previous post targeting dialog, to the other possible choice.

Reverse All Rows: This item is only active when the Geometry Expert spreadsheet is open. Whenselected it will reverse the order of the rows in the spread sheet which will change the direction ofthe shape as it is loaded in Geometry Expert. This is useful when loading a shape that was importedor created using the Free Form CAD tools. When a shape that was not created using GeometryExpert is loaded into the spreadsheet, the system decides whether to go in a clockwise or counter-clockwise direction when placing the features into the spreadsheet. The direction has the potential toaffect the angle values of lines and the direction of arcs of the shape. There are times when the sys-tem will load the shape in the opposite direction than desired. When the shape has been loaded intothe spreadsheet, select the Reverse all rows item to reverse the order of features. This item is onlyavailable when the spreadsheet contains feature rows.

42

Page 49: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

Redo All Ops: This item will reprocess all operations contained in a file. If changes have been madeto part geometry, selecting Redo All Ops will automatically reprocess all of the operations and thenew toolpaths will reflect the geometry changes.

MODIFY MENU

The Modify menu contains items that give the user additional meth-ods for creating, positioning and duplicating geometry. The OperationData item is used with completed operations and is detailed in themachining manuals for both the Mill and Lathe modules.

All of the items under this menu, except Operation Data and MovePart Origin, require geometry to be highlighted before their functioncan be performed. The Operation Data menu item requires an opera-tion to be highlighted.

Several of the items have two pictures, one for the Mill module andone for the Lathe module. The functionality of each of the items isidentical for both the Mill and Lathe modules, however, the dialogsdiffer slightly due to the different axes designations.

Each item found in this menu is described below in the order it isfound in the menu.

Duplicate: This selection copies the selected geometry, in the same location. After this is done, thenext appropriate step is to move the duplicated geometry to another location, possibly using anotheritem under this menu. Additionally, Duplicate is useful for making an unconnected feature in thesame location as a currently connected feature.

Duplicate And: This selection will perform the individual functions Duplicateand then Force Depth, Mirror, 2d Rotate, Scale or Translate at one time.First, the selected geometry will be duplicated. Then, depending on theoption selected, the selected geometry is moved to one or more new loca-tions based on the number typed in the times text box. The specific buttonchoices work the same as the items detailed below. If the selected geometryis an open shape and the modify selection matches the terminators, the ter-minators will be changed to connectors as the geometry is duplicated on thescreen.

Set Default: Selecting a point and then choosing Set Default will cause the selected points X, Y andZ locations to appear as the default values in any other appropriate Modify menu dialog. This itemis useful if a drawn point is used to mirror around, rotate around, etc.

43

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 50: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Force Depth: This selection sets the Z value of all selected geometry to the Z valueentered. This option is unavailable when working in the Lathe module and there-fore, the item is grayed out in the menu.

Mill Lathe Mirror: This selection will move the selectedgeometry to the other side of the axis or axesspecified, around an axis point entered in thetext boxes. Clicking on the Process buttonwill perform the mirroring function. Thisdialog can remain on the screen for furtheruse while other functions are performed.

Mill Lathe 2D Rotate: This selection will revolve orrotate the selected geometry around the pointspecified in the X and Y , Z and X in lathe,text boxes. The selected feature will be rotat-ed by the amount specified in the Angle textbox, in either a CW (clockwise) or CCW(counter-clockwise) direction depending onthe selection made. Clicking on the Processbutton will perform the rotating function.This dialog can remain on the screen for fur-ther use while other functions are performed.

Mill Lathe Scale: This selection will change the size ofthe selected geometry by the amount speci-fied. The value typed in the Amount box is aratio of 1, 1 being full size. The inches to mmor mm to inches buttons will change thegeometry to the opposite numerical type. TheMill module has an Include Z option. If theInclude Z option is turned on, the Z values ofthe selected geometry will be included in thescaling process. Include Z will not have anaffect if the selected geometry is at Z0.

Clicking on the Process button will perform the scaling function. This dialog can remain on thescreen for further use while other functions are performed.

Mill Lathe

44

Page 51: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

Translate: This selection will move theselected geometry, by the specified amount.Clicking on the Process button will performthe translating function. This dialog canremain on the screen for further use whileother functions are performed.

Sort: This selection is only available in the Millmodule. It provides the user with a method forsorting the selection order of a selected group ofpoints. Once the points are sorted, the referencenumbers (labels) are changed to match the neworder. This is particularly useful when performingdrilling operations, because the system drills holesin the order they are selected. There are threepossible sorting options: S pattern (Zig Zag),Closest Hole next, and Reverse Pattern. The dif-ferent options are described below.

S pattern (Zig Zag): This option allows the user added control over how the points will be selected.When using S pattern, the system creates a rectangle around the selected group points like the pic-ture shown in the dialog. This rectangle is broken down into definite sections, like a grid, by creat-ing scan lines and grid squares. The grid will be created starting with the point in the farthest upperright corner contained in the selected rectangle.

The user designates what corner of the rectangle to select the first point by using the StartCorner radio buttons. For example, selecting X+ Y+, will start the selection order in the upperright corner; X- Y+ in the upper left corner, and so on. Selecting a Main Axis (X or Y) and enteringa Scan height value will create scan lines, either horizontal or vertical, depending on the main axisselection. The Max. gap value breaks up the scan lines into grid squares that can be scanned forpoints. The Scan height and Max. gap values create the scan lines and squares which break the areaup in a grid like fashion where all the selected points are contained in a specific, defined area of therectangle.

The system will select the point closest to the start corner (regardless of what scan line it is in)as the first point, and then proceed to the next closest point in that section of the grid. If no otherpoints are contained in that area, the system will move to the next closest section and select the nextgroup of points. The system always looks at the scan line first and then looks across or down thesquare for the next point. This continues until all selected points in the group are found and labeled.Closest hole next: This option is fairly self explanatory. The system starts with the first point select-ed and then selects the point that is closest. This process continues until all holes have been select-ed. This option is useful when creating curves.Reverse pattern: This option reverses the original selection order of the group of points. The lastpoint that was selected is now labeled as the first point and so on.Reverse Arc: A circle can be fully connected either using the less than 180° arc or with the greater

45

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 52: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

than 180° arc. The system automatically selects the less than 180°arc as the fully connected feature.If the other arc is needed, select the connected arc and the Reverse Arc item. In other words, select-ing Reverse Arc will cause the system to use the other side of the connected arc.

Change CS (XYZ): This item is only available with the Advanced Milling module and is explained inthat manual. If the Advanced Milling module is not installed, this item will be grayed out in themenu.

Change CS (HVD): This item is only available with the Advanced Milling module and is explained inthat manual. If the Advanced Milling module is not installed, this item will be grayed out in themenu.

Mill Lathe Move Part Origin: This selection will move ALL the geom-etry, in EVERY workgroup, incrementally by the valuestyped in the appropriate axis text box. In other words, thecurrent location of X0, Y0, Z0 or Z0, X0 will changeincrementally by the values in this dialog and a new X0,Y0, Z0 will be established. Clicking on the Process but-ton will move the origin. This dialog can remain on thescreen for further use while other functions are per-formed.

Operation Data: This selection is explained in the Machining Chapters in the Mill and Lathe modulemanuals.

F ILE IMPORTThe Exchange option offers the capability to transfer geometric data from other CAD packages

into the system. Geometric data is accepted in three formats, IGES (Initial Graphic ExchangeSpecification), DXF (Drawing Interchange Format) and points in a Text File. Geometry can beimported into a new file created specifically for imported geometry, or into an existing part file.Either way, a part file must be open.

Imported geometry will be placed in additional workgroups, not the current workgroup. Thenew workgroups will be viewed as background workgroups, so the geometry will be drawn in grayand inaccessible. To work with the imported geometry, the user must switch workgroups.Switching workgroups is accomplished using the Workgroup Selection pop-up menu in theGeometry Creation palette. The part origin will most likely have to be moved so it matches theimported geometry. If there is a point at the desired origin, the easiest way to move the origin is toselect the point and choose Set Default from the Modify menu before selecting the Move Part Originoption. This will make the X,Y, and Z values of the selected point the defaults in the Move Origindialog.

The import choice is accessed from the File menu. Selecting the Import option from the Filemenu will bring up the dialog, shown on the following page.

When the Import item is selected from the File menu, the dialog shown below will come up on

46

Page 53: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

the screen. It allows the user to select the type of file to be imported; the options include IGES, DXFPoint List and ncCAD file formats.

The ncCAD option is only available on Macintosh Operating Systems. It allowsfiles created in the Gibbs System to be imported into GibbsCAM.

A file name and location to save the file is also entered in this dialog. The system will auto-matically enter an extension on to the file name based on the file format. File extensions are set bythe File Extensions Preference which is described at the end of this section.

TERMSFollowing are a list of terms used in the Import dialog that may not be familiar.Feature: A piece of geometry; a point, line, circle, curve, etc. in an imported file.Workplane: The 3D plane in which a specific feature was defined in the imported file; similar to theuse of coordinate systems in GibbsCAM.Level/Layer: A grouping of features. IGES files use the term “level” while DXF files use the term“layer”; similar to the use of workgroups in GibbsCAM.Coordinate System: A plane in space with an origin and three axes (horizontal, vertical and depth).Every feature lies in a coordinate system. For example, a point is a location in space defined bythree numbers, a horizontal coordinate, a vertical coordinate and a depth coordinate.CS1: The coordinate system or plane where the horizontal, vertical and depth axes correspond to theX, Y, and Z axes, respectively. For the Lathe module, the horizontal axis is still the X axis, but the Zaxis is the vertical axis and the depth axis is the Y axis.

IMPORT DIALOG

OS

47

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 54: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

When an IGES or DXF file has been selected and the Open button has been clicked on, theImport dialog, shown below, will appear. Some options may be unavailable for DXF translations.

The File Import dialog controls how an IGES or DXF file is interpreted and graphically repre-sented in the system. Detailed descriptions of the options provided in this dialog follow.

Features: This area is used to specify the feature types to be imported intothe file. There are check boxes for Points, Lines, Circles, Conic Arcs,Curves and Invisible. The Invisible check box will bring in entities whichare flagged in the file as not to be imported. Invisible should only beturned on after an import with it off did not produce the desired results.Importing invisible features may create features that are coincident withother, non-invisible features.

Trim Prefs: This area is used to specify how lines will betrimmed and connected. The No Trim option will createunterminated lines and circles. The Trim selection will ter-minate lines and circles if start and end points are specifiedin the file being translated. The Connect option, like Trim,will create terminators at start and end points, and in additionwill make a “connecting pass” after all features are translat-ed, connecting those features which have “coincident” termi-nators. By default, terminator points within 0.00005 inches(or 0.00127 mm) of each other are considered to be coinci-dent. If this range is found to be inadequate for a particular

file (i.e., features you would like connected remain unconnected), the connect range can be overrid-

48

Page 55: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

den by checking the Set Connect Range check box and entering a larger value in the correspondingedit box. If the connect range is made larger than the default, tiny lines are created between termi-nator points to actually connect the features. The Preferred Plane check box specifies which fea-tures should be connected first. If this option is chosen, features which lie entirely in the specifiedprimary plane will be connected with each other first; only if the 2nd Pass (no pref.) box is checkedwill other features be connected, in a second connecting pass.

Grouping: These choices allow the user to specify how thesystem will display and separate the various geometry ele-ments contained in the imported file. Most IGES and DXFfiles only have one workplane, meaning that all geometryfeatures are defined in only one workplane. For files withonly one workplane, the only grouping item that has anyeffect is the 1 level/layer per WG option.

Combine II Workplanes: When this option is turned on, if there are multiple workplanes in the imported file, the system will take a pre-processing pass through the IGES or DXF file and combine parallel workplanes into a single workplane. All geometry contained in any parallel workplanes will now be defined in only one workplane. If this item is turned off, geometry contained in parallel workplanes will remain in separate workplanes as they were defined in the original IGES or DXF file. The system performs this initial determination pass through the file before looking at any of the other importing selections.

1 level/layer per WG: When this option is turned on, every layer/level in the file to be imported will generate at least one workgroup in the GibbsCAM file. If this option is turned off, the system will combine all layers/levels in one workgroup. Additional workgroups may becreated depending on whether the 1 workplane per WG item is turned on. The actual number of workgroups created by the system is based on this item and the 1 workplane per WG item.

1 workplane per WG: When this option is turned on, each workplane in the imported file will be separated into a different workgroup, meaning that only geometry created in the same workplane will be placed in the same workgroup. If turned off, the system will not create any new workgroups to accommodate different workplanes.

All features in CS1: This item specifies how the system will handle the geometry features contained in the file to be imported. If the Advanced Milling Option is NOT installed, this itemwill be grayed out and is always set to the “on” position, however, the Preserve HVD item is available with or without the Advanced Milling Option. When this item is turned on, allfeatures will be mapped into CS1, which is the plane where the horizontal axis is the X axis,

the vertical axis is the Y axis and the depth axis is the Z axis; for lathe, the horizontal axis is X, the vertical axis is Z and the depth axis is Y. When this option is turned off (only possible with Advanced Mill) a separate coordinate system will be created for every workplane and all geometry will be assigned to the appropriate coordinate system.

Preserve HVD: This item is available with all modules, and is an active item when

49

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 56: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

All features in CS1 is turned on. When Preserve HVD is turned on, every workplane in the imported file will be rotated to lie flat in CS1, and all features will be rotated along with the workplane in which they are defined. If this item is turned off, all features will be retain their true 3D position based on where they were created in the original IGES or DXF file. This will create an accurate 3D wireframe, however, the geometry may not be able to be properly machined as a result. The system will convert all arcs that were not created in the XY plane into curves. For example, if the imported file contains geometry created in the XZ plane, turning Preserve HVD on will rotate the geometry so that it is positioned to lie flat in CS1, as it did in the XZ plane in the original file.

NOTE: In DXF files, all geometry is created in the same workplane, exceptfor arcs. If Preserve HVD is turned on, arcs created in a Non-XY planes willbe imported as arcs, however they won’t necessarily match up positionallywith the other features in the file. If Preserve HVD is turned off, arcs will beimported as curves.

EXAMPLEAn IGES file contains 3 levels. Each level contains geometry in the same three non-parallel

workplanes. Combine II workplanes is turned on, but has no effect because there are no parallelworkplanes in the file. The next choice that needs to be made is whether the different levels shouldbe combined into one workgroup or separated into 3 workgroups. The 1 level/layer per WG item isturned on. Three workgroups are created, one for each level. The next determination is whether dif-ferent workplanes should be combined into one workgroup or separated into different workgroups.The 1 workplane per WG is turned on. Each of the three workgroups already created in the file willbe separated into another three workgroups because each workgroup contains geometry in three dif-ferent workplanes. There are now a total of nine workgroups in the GibbsCAM file. All workgroupshave been created at this point in the process.

Once all the required workgroups have been created according to the previous selections, thefeatures need to be placed in the appropriate position depending on whether the Preserve HVDoption is turned on or off. For this example, it will be assumed that only the standard Mill module isinstalled. The All features in CS1 item is grayed out and automatically turned on. The Preserve HVDitem is also turned on so that all geometry is rotated so that it lies flat in CS1. This will allow thegeometry to easily be machined in the standard XY plane (XZ plane for Lathe).

RECOMMENDED SETTINGSThese recommendations are based on separating the imported file into as many workgroups as

possible. While it may be desirable to have elements combined into fewer workgroups, it is mucheasier to manually combine features into one workgroup than it is to separate features into multipleworkgroups.

It is recommended that Combine II workplanes be turned off to produce the maximum numberof workgroups. This also helps to reduce feature overlapping. For the same reason, 1 layer/level perWG and 1 workplane per WG should be turned on to produce the maximum number of workgroupsand keep the part file separated into manageable and distinct sections. Preserve HVD should usuallybe turned on so that geometry features will be rotated to lie flat in CS1. Rotating the geometry to lieflat in CS1 is usually desirable because it makes the geometry machinable in CS1 (for Mill the XY

50

Page 57: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

plane, for Lathe the XZ plane) which is the only plane that can be machined unless the AdvancedMilling Option is installed.

With the Advanced Milling Option, which provides 4th and 5th axis positioning, in most cases,it is recommended that All features in CS1 be turned OFF, and Preserve HVD would also be OFF.This will maintain the proper positioning of the features in the imported file which can be machinedin any plane with the Advanced Milling Option.

Keep in mind that if these settings do not produce the desired result, the IGES or DXF file canbe re-imported using adjusted import settings.

IMPORT TRANSLATIONWhen you are finished entering information in the Import dialog, click on the Process button.

The following dialog will appear on the screen to indicate the file is being translated and connected.

IGES INFORMATIONIGES (Initial Graphics Exchange Specification) is supported by many CAD systems and is

published by the National Bureau of Standards, US Department of Commerce. The following IGES entities are imported by the system:

Entity # Entity Name Feature Equivalent100 Circular Arc Entity Circle102 Composite Curve Entity Connected features104 Conic Arc Entity B Spline106 Copious Data Entity Connected lines110 Line Entity Line116 Point Entity Point112 Parametric Spline B Spline

Curve Entity126 Rational B-Spline

Curve Entity B Spline130 Offset Curve Entity B Spline

DXF INFORMATION

51

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 58: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

DXF is the Drawing Interchange File format and was created by AutoDesk. DXF is a com-monly used means for exchanging line drawings between CAD systems.

The system imports the following DXF entities:Entity Feature EquivalentPOINT PointLINE Line3DLINE LineCIRCLE CircleARC CirclePOLYLINE Connected Lines3DPOLYLINE Connected Lines

POINT LIST INFORMATIONThis option allows for the importation of a point list. A point list is a simple text file contain-

ing X, Y, and Z coordinates. Z coordinates do not need to be included when importing point listsinto the Lathe module. The labels X, Y and Z should NOT be included in the list, only the coordi-nate values. Each coordinate must be separated by either a tab, space or comma, but no combina-tion of any of these. Also the method of separation must be consistent throughout the file. Eachpoint should be on a line by itself.

F ILE EXPORTThe Exchange option also provides the user with the capability to export geometry contained

in a part file into either an IGES, DXF or Point List file format. These files can then be opened byany program that can read those file formats. Files are exported using the Export item under the Filemenu. If the file contains multiple workgroups, those workgroups will be split into different layersin the resulting IGES or DXF files.

When the Export item is selected from the File menu, the dialog shown below will come up onthe screen. It allows the user to select the type of file to be created. The options include IGES, DXFand Point List file formats. A file name and location to save the file is also entered in this dialog.The system will automatically enter an extension on to the file name based on the file format. Fileextensions are set in the File Extensions Preference which is described at the end of this section.

IGES EXPORT

52

Page 59: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

When exporting to the IGES file format, once the file has been named and saved, the dialogshown below will come up on the screen. This dialog allows the user to write comments into theheader information contained in the IGES file that will be created. Each line can have a maximumof 72 characters. The numbers along the top indicate the number of characters in each line, the lastnumber representing the 72nd character. Multiple lines can be written using carriage returns.

The next dialog that will appear also contains header information that will be written into theexported file. The file name will be entered as it was in the first exporting dialog. The File Authorand Organization will default to the previous entries made in those fields. The Product ID FromSender and Product ID For Receiver will default to the name of the file. The Generation Date &Time is entered according to the date and time on the computer.

Once the header information has been entered, the Export Filter Dialog, shown below willcome up. This dialog controls how the file will be created. The Features box allows the user to des-ignate what geometric entities will be exported. Points, lines, circles and curves can be exported.Turning off one of the buttons will cause that category of features not to be written into the exportedIGES file. The Units box specifies the measurement system used in the exported IGES file. Metricparts can be exported with inches as the unit of measure and vice versa. The Suppress Z button isonly applicable when exporting DXF files.

53

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 60: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

IGES InformationIGES (Initial Graphics Exchange Specification) is supported by many CAD systems and is

published by the National Bureau of Standards, US Department of Commerce. The following IGESentities are exported by the system.

Entity # Entity Name Feature Equivalent100 Circular Arc Entity Circle110 Line Entity Line116 Point Entity Point124 Transformation Matrix Entity Coordinate System Information126 Rational B-Spline Curve Entity Connected lines

DXF EXPORTWhen exporting to the DXF file format, once the file has been named and saved, the Export

Filter dialog will come up. The Features box designates which geometric features should be export-ed into the DXF file. If the Suppress Z button is turned on, the exported DXF file will not containany Z values, producing a two dimensional drawing. Many CAD packages that use the DXF fileformat only support 2D drawing of geometry. The Units box is grayed out when exporting to theDXF file format.DXF files do not make any designation to units of measurement. The system willoutput the geometric values in whatever working units are being used in the file.

54

Page 61: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

DXF InformationDXF is the Drawing Interchange File format that was created by AutoDesk. DXF is a com-

monly used means for exchanging line drawings between CAD systems. The system imports the fol-lowing DXF entities.

Entity Feature EquivalentPOINT PointLINE LineCIRCLE CirclePOLYLINE Connected lines

EXPORT TRANSLATIONWhen all of the necessary information has been entered, click on the Process button to create

the IGES file. The Translation Dialog, shown below, will appear on the screen to indicate that thefile is being translated. This dialog contains progress bars for translation and connection, and alsodisplays how many of each feature will be translated.

POINT LIST EXPORTWhen exporting a point list, only the name and location to save the file need to be specified.

To create the point list text file, click on the Save button. The resulting text file will contain the X,Y, and Z coordinates of any points contained in the current file. Each point will be on a separate lineand each coordinate value will be separated by one space.

FILE EXTENSIONS PREFERENCEFile Extension Preference: Preferences are located in thePreferences submenu under the File menu. This prefer-ence indicates the file extensions that the system will usewhen processing different file formats. The IGES, DXF,and Point List extension settings are used when importingand exporting geometry. When importing, the files exten-sion preferences indicate the type of files the system will

recognize that can be imported. When exporting the file extensions entered for this preference willbe added to the types of files created by the system. using The defaults are .igs for IGES files, .dxffor DXF files and .txt for Point List files. Any of these extensions can be changed to reflect theuser’s preference.

55

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 62: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

WORKGROUP SUMMARYSelecting Workgroup Summary from the part menu (title of this

menu will be the name of the part) will bring up the WorkgroupSummary dialog which provides information in spreadsheet formabout all features and points contained in the current workgroup.When the Workgroup Summary is up on the screen, the information

can either be saved as a text file or printed out. To save the summary as a text file, selectWorkgroup Summary from the Save Special sub-menu in the File menu. To print the summary,select Workgroup Summary from the Print sub-menu in the File menu.

56

Page 63: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n �

PRINTING THE PART GEOMETRYAfter the part geometry has been created, it can be printed. Geometry can either be printed in

black and white or color. When the desired geometry is on the screen, choose Drawing from thePrint sub-menu under the File menu. To adjust the way the image will print, choose Printing fromthe Preferences sub-menu in the File menu. The Printing Preferences dialog, shown below, allowsthe user to specify how the software will handle the background color. If the printer being used is ablack and white printer, choose the Black on White option to ensure that all portions of geometry,including those that are a light color, can be seen in the print.

For specific information regarding printing on the different operating systems, refer to thePrinting Appendix found at the end of this manual.OS

57

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 64: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

58

CHAPTER 5 : G e o m e t r y E x p e r tThe exercises contained in this chapter are designed to intro-

duce you to the basic concepts of geometry creation using GeometryExpert. Blueprints for these exercises can be found in the Part PrintsAppendix and on cards shipped with each order.

The first few exercises give step-by-step instructions for creat-ing part geometry, while the later exercises are less detailed. If youonly have the Mill module installed, start with Exercise #2. You cando all of the exercises contained in this manual regardless of whatmodules you have installed. Lathe examples can be done with Mill,and vice-versa. The only differences will be in the document set up.

EXERCISE #1:SHAFTIn the first exercise, we will create a simple shaft containing onlyhorizontal and vertical lines. Because of the feature type defaultsand automatic angle toggling, the creation of a simple shaft can bedone in a few minutes using Geometry Expert.

• Launch the system.

The Operating Systems Appendix provides specific instructions onlaunching the system. Refer to Part Print #1:Shaft for this exercise.

• Click on the Document Control button in the Top Level palette.

Page 65: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

59

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

The Document Control button becomes depressed to indicate that itis in use. The Document Control dialog will appear on the screen.This dialog contains file management options, as well as generalinformation about the part, such as machine type, stock measure-ments, and material information.

• Click on the New button.

• Type “Shaft” in the New File Name box.

• Click on the Save button.

When you save files you want to make sure that you are saving themin the appropriate location on your hard drive. You may need tochange drives and/or directories or folders in order to save the file inthe correct place. To change drives, Windows users click on theDrive button, Macintosh users on the Desktop button in the save dia-log shown above. To change directories or folders, double click onthe name of the directory/folder in the current list. The pop-up menuabove the list displays the name of the current directory/folder andallows you to access lower level directories/folders.

• Click on the Machine Type pop-up menu. Drag the cursor until 2A Lathe -1.0 Shank is highlighted, then release the mouse button.

The options available for the Machine Type are dependenton the what modules of the software are installed. Theselection made for the Machine Type sets the MDD(Machine Definition Document) for the current part.Selecting the correct MDD is very important because itaffects how the part will be drawn and machined.FANUC PLC Parts

Page 66: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

60

• Select inch for the measurement type.

• Enter the stock values shown below.

The stock values entered are slightly larger than the part dimensionsso that we can see all of the geometry within the stock outline.

• Select Diameter for the X Dimension style.

• Type “This is a sample part” in the Comment text box.

If a comment is entered in this text box, it will appear in the Opendialog when this part is selected.

The Material information, Clearance Plane values, Auto Clearanceoption, and Tool Change Position will be explained in the Lathemodule manual.

Page 67: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

61

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

When all the information about the part has been entered, close thisdialog. The information contained in it may be changed (edited) atany time, simply by clicking on the Document Control button andentering the new information.

• Close the Document Control dialog by clicking twice in the close box in the upper left hand corner of the dialog.

A stock outline is drawn with a “+” that signifies the origin of thepart which is located at Z0, X0. Your screen should now look likethe picture shown below.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

The Geometry Creation palette will come up on the screen.

• Click on the Geometry Expert button in the Geometry Creation palette.

When this button is depressed, the Geometry Expert spreadsheet willappear on the screen. It may be necessary to move the spreadsheetand size it in order to get a better view of the part. To change thesize of the spreadsheet, use the size box and drag the spreadsheet tothe desired length.

Another way to close this dialog is to click on theDocument Control button in the Top Level palette again,so that it “pops up.”

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 68: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

62

Feature dimensions will be entered in the rows of the spreadsheet toform a shape. The arrow shown below on the left indicates the cur-rent row of the spreadsheet. The current row signifies the featurerow being worked on. The prompt information always refers to thecurrent row. The current row has an upraised frame and is highlight-ed in either yellow or black, depending on its status. When thespreadsheet first comes up, the first row, which is the current row, ishighlighted in black because the row needs more information inorder to define the feature.

Notice that when the spreadsheet comes up, the feature type selectedis a line, and the angle value is 90°. For this first exercise, we willonly create vertical and horizontal lines. Therefore, the only valuesthat we will need to enter are line points because the default settingsfor the feature type and line angle will be correct for the shape weare creating.

As we are going through the exercises, be sure to watch the promptat the bottom of the spreadsheet. It provides useful information per-taining to the status of the current row.

We will begin creating the shape by choosing a feature and “walk-ing” around the part in a counter-clockwise direction creating theshape feature by feature. The feature we will start with is the verti-cal line at Z0.

CurrentRow

The spreadsheet is a moveable object, which means it canbe placed anywhere on the screen. To move the spread-sheet, place the cursor on the title bar, so that the cursorchanges to the mover tool. Then, while holding down themouse button, drag the dotted outline to a different loca-tion and let go of the mouse button.

Page 69: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

63

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the line point value shown below.

When defining either horizontal or vertical lines, it is only necessaryto enter a half point for the line point.

Once the line point is entered, the current row becomes highlightedin yellow indicating that it now contains enough information todefine the feature. When the current row is highlighted in yellow,the prompting information states what will happen when the user hitsenter.

• Hit the enter or return key.

When creating a new row, hitting the enter or return key will createthe feature and move the current row of the spreadsheet down one.If you are working on existing rows, entering the row will not movethe current row down in the spreadsheet, it will only make the neces-sary changes. The arrow keys or the cursor must be used to move upand down within existing rows of the spreadsheet.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 70: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

64

When the row is entered, the line is drawn on the screen and the cur-rent row of the spreadsheet moves down one. The second featurerow has a line selected for the feature type and the angle is 180°.The system angle defaults toggle between 0°/180° and 90°/270°, andplaces the cursor in the appropriate cell.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

The two lines are connected. Connected features have a blue square(connector point) drawn at their intersection or tangency. When afeature has two connector points, it becomes blue and trims.Geometry Expert automatically connects features as they are drawn.If two concurrent features do not have a point of intersection or tan-gency, the system produces an error message indicating that the pre-vious feature can not intersect with the current feature.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

Notice that the line angle has once again toggled to 90°.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 71: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

65

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Hit the enter or return key.

The horizontal line is now fully connected, and as a result turns blueand trims.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 72: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

66

• Hit the enter or return key.

Once a feature has been drawn on the screen, a reference number isassigned and entered in the Ref cell of the spreadsheet.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 73: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

67

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 74: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

68

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 75: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

69

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 76: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

70

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 77: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

71

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 78: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

72

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the Close Shapefeature type so that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

The Close Shape feature type connects the first feature and the lastfeature at their point of intersection or tangency by creating a con-nector point. No information other than the feature type needs to beentered, and therefore all the cells in a Close Shape feature row aregrayed out. Closing the shape will usually be the final step whencreating a shape using Geometry Expert.

The shaft is complete and fully connected. The final shape shouldlook like the picture shown below.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 79: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

73

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

EXERCISE #2:CHASSISIn this exercise, we will create a simple chassis consisting of hori-zontal and vertical lines with fillets and chamfers. The defaults forthe feature type and angle values will make this part very fast andeasy.

• Launch the system.

Refer to the Operating Systems Appendix for specific instructions onlaunching the system. Refer to Part Print #2 : Chassis for this exercise.

• Click on the Document Control button in the Top Level palette.

The Document Control button becomes depressed to indicate that itis in use. The Document Control dialog will appear on the screen.This dialog contains file management options, as well as, generalinformation about the part, such as machine type, stock measure-ments, and material information.

• Click on the New button.

• Type “Chassis” in the New File Name box.

• Click on the Save button.FANUC PLC Parts

Page 80: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

74

When you save files you want to make sure that you are saving themin the appropriate location on your hard drive. You may need tochange drives and/or directories or folders in order to save the file inthe correct place. To change drives, Windows users click on theDrive button, Macintosh users on the Desktop button in the save dia-log shown above. To change directories or folders, double click onthe name of the directory/folder in the current list. The pop-up menuabove the list displays the name of the current directory/folder andallows you to access lower level directories/folders.

• Click on the Machine Type pop-up menu. Drag the cursor until 3 Axis Vertical Mill is highlighted, then release the mouse button.

• Select inch for the measurement type.

• Enter the stock values shown below.

The options available for the Machine Type are dependenton the modules of the software that are installed. Theselection made for the Machine Type sets the MDD(Machine Definition Document) for the current part.Selecting the correct MDD is very important because itaffects how the part will be drawn and machined.

Page 81: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

75

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

The stock values entered are slightly larger than the part dimensionsso that we can see all of the geometry within the stock outline.

• Type “This is a sample part” in the Comment text box.

The part comment entered in this text box will appear in the Opendialog when this part is selected. A part comment is not necessary,but is often helpful to identify parts.

The Material information, Clearance Plane values, and Tool ChangePosition will be explained in the Machining Chapter and tutorials ofthe Mill module manual.

When all the information about the part has been entered, close thisdialog. The information contained in it may be changed (edited) atany time, simply by clicking on the Document Control button andentering the new information.

• Close the Document Control dialog, by clicking twice in the close box in theupper left hand corner of the dialog.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 82: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

76

A stock outline is drawn with a “+” that signifies the origin of thepart which is located at X0, Y0. Your screen should now look likethe picture shown below.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

• Click on the Geometry Expert button in the Geometry Creation palette.

When this button is depressed, the Geometry Expert spreadsheet willappear on the screen. It may be necessary to move the spreadsheetand size it in order to get a better view of the part. To change thesize of the spreadsheet, use the size box and drag the spreadsheet tothe desired length.

Feature dimensions will be entered in the rows of the spreadsheet toform a connected shape. The arrow shown in the picture belowpoints out the current row of the spreadsheet. The current row indi-cates which row is being worked on. The prompt informationalways refers to the current row. The current row has an upraisedframe and is highlighted in either black or yellow, depending on itsstatus. When the spreadsheet first comes up, the current row is high-lighted in black because the row needs more information in order todefine a feature.

The spreadsheet is a moveable object which means it canbe placed anywhere on the screen. To move the spread-sheet, place the cursor on the title bar, so that the cursorchanges to the mover tool. Then, while holding down themouse button, drag the dotted outline to a different loca-tion and let go of the mouse button.

Page 83: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

77

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Notice that when the spreadsheet comes up, the feature type selectedis a line, and the angle value is 90°. The defaults for the line angleautomatically toggle between 90°/270° and 0°/180° when creatinglines which makes it very useful when creating alternating horizontaland vertical lines.

As you go through the exercises, be sure to watch the prompt at thebottom of the spreadsheet. It provides useful information pertainingto the status of the current row.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

When defining either horizontal or vertical lines, it is only necessaryto enter a half point for the line point.

Once the line point is entered, the current row becomes highlightedin yellow indicating that it now contains enough information todefine the feature.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 84: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

78

When creating a new row, hitting the enter or return key will createthe feature and move the current row of the spreadsheet down one.If you are working on existing rows, entering the row will not movethe current row down in the spreadsheet, it will only make the neces-sary changes. The arrow keys or the cursor must be used to move upand down within existing rows of the spreadsheet.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

The line is drawn on the screen and the current row in the spread-sheet moves down one when the row is entered.

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the Fillet featuretype (3rd button) so that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

The feature type can be selected using keyboard shortcuts. Refer tothe Shortcuts information card for specific information on using thekeyboard shortcuts.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

Only a radius value is required when creating fillets. Therefore, theother cells in the row are grayed out.

Notice the prompt. “This row will create a fillet between the preced-ing and following features.” Fillets and chamfers are entered in thespreadsheet between the two features they connect with. Fillets andchamfers can only be created between two intersecting features attheir point of intersection. Refer to the Geometry Expert, Additional

CurrentRow

Page 85: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

79

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Information section in the Geometry Creation Chapter for moreinformation on fillets.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Nothing is drawn on the screen, although the fillet is now entered inthe spreadsheet. Fillets and chamfers are not drawn on the screenuntil the preceding and following features are fully connectedbecause they are completely dependent on the features that they existbetween.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

The two lines drawn are connected. Connected features have a bluesquare (connector point) drawn at their intersection or tangency.When a feature has two connector points, it becomes blue and trims.Geometry Expert automatically connects features as they are drawn.If two concurrent features do not have a point of intersection or tan-gency, the system produces an error message indicating that the pre-vious feature does not intersect with the current feature. Once bothof these lines are fully connected (have 2 connector points), the filletthat was created at their intersection will be drawn.

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the Chamfer fea-ture type so that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 86: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

80

• Enter the length value shown below.

Only a length value is required when creating chamfers. Therefore,the other cells in the row are grayed out.

Chamfers created in the Geometry Expert spreadsheet are dimen-sioned according to the picture shown below.

The length value entered in the spreadsheet is the distance shown bythe arrow. If you need to create chamfers that are dimensioned dif-ferently, you can use the free form CAD tools that are found in theGeometry Creation palette.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Again, there is no change on the screen (nothing is drawn), however,the chamfer will be drawn when the features it exists between arefully connected. If the Geometry Expert spreadsheet is closed beforefillets and chamfers have been drawn on the screen, they will not becreated. If the shape is reloaded into the spreadsheet, the fillet andchamfer rows will no longer be contained in the spreadsheet. Anyrows that contain information for features that have not been drawn(fillets, chamfers, floating features) will not be maintained in thespreadsheet if it is closed.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 87: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

81

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

The horizontal line becomes blue and trims because it is now fullyconnected.

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the Fillet featuretype so that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

The radius value for the fillet will default to the previous radiusentered for a fillet. Therefore, you don’t need to enter a radius value.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 88: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

82

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

The chamfer is now drawn because the preceding and following linesare fully connected.

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the Fillet option sothat it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 89: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

83

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

The fillet is now drawn on the screen because the preceding and fol-lowing features now have two connector points.

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the Chamfer optionso that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

The length value for the chamfer also defaults to the previous valueentered.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

While we could continue making fillets and chamfers in this manner,from this point on, we will only create the horizontal and verticallines in Geometry Expert. Then, we will use the free form CADtools, specifically the Fillet-Chamfer button in the GeometryCreation palette, to create the remaining fillets and chamfers. TheFillet-Chamfer palette allows multiple fillets and chamfers of thesame size to be created at one time.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 90: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

84

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 91: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

85

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Once a feature has been drawn on the screen, a reference number isassigned to it and entered in the Ref cell of the spreadsheet.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 92: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

86

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 93: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

87

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 94: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

88

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

If you encounter any problems, or your screen does notlook like the screen shots shown in the exercise, thereare a few things you can check. First, make sure that theangle values alternate between 90° and 180°. Alsocheck that rows with a 90° angle value have the correctX value entered for the vertical line being defined in thatrow. Check that rows with a 180° angle value have thecorrect Y value entered for the appropriate horizontalline.

Page 95: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

89

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 96: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

90

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 97: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

91

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 98: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

92

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 99: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

93

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 100: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

94

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 101: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

95

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the Close Shapeoption so that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

The Close Shape feature type connects the first feature and the lastfeature at their point of intersection or tangency by creating a con-nector point. No information other than the feature type needs to beentered, and therefore all the cells in a Close Shape feature row aregrayed out. Closing the shape is usually the final step when creatinga shape using Geometry Expert.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Close the Geometry Expert spreadsheet by clicking in the close box.

We will now create the fillets, using the free form CAD tools.

• While holding down the shift key, select all of the corners that need fil-lets, as shown below.

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 102: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

96

If you accidentally click on something that you didn’t want to and itbecomes selected, click on it again to deselect it.

• Click on the Fillet-Chamfer button in the Geometry Creation palette.

The Fillet-Chamfer sub-palette will come up on the screen.

• Click on the Fillet button.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Circle button.

The system will create fillets at all of the selected corners and deletethe sharp corners that were once there. Your screen should look likethe picture shown below.

Holding down the shift key, changes the cursor to a whitearrow which indicates multiple selection mode. Thisallows the user to select more than one point or feature ata time.

Page 103: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

97

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Now, we will create the chamfers.

• With the shift key depressed, select all of the corners that need chamfers.

• Click on the Fillet/Chamfer button.

• Click on the Chamfer-side button and enter the side value shown below.

• Click on the line button.

Your screen should now look like the picture shown below. TheChassis is complete.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 104: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

98

EXERCISE #3:SHUTTLEIn this exercise, we will create a slightly more complex shape con-taining primarily arcs and angled lines. Refer to Part Print #3 :Shuttle for this exercise.

• Launch the system.

• Create a lathe file with the following stock size.

• Select the Radius option for the X dimension style.

If you only have the Mill module installed, you should still do thisexercise. Because these exercises only involve the creation of geom-etry, they can be done in either the Mill or Lathe module. In order todo this exercise using the Mill module, you only need to adjust thestock size.

• If creating a Mill part, enter the stock values shown below.

Page 105: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

99

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

The screen shots shown in this exercise will be identical for bothmill and lathe, however, the Geometry Expert spreadsheet will beslightly different. The numbers are entered in the same location inthe spreadsheet, however, the labeling on the spreadsheet is slightlydifferent. If you are working in lathe, the horizontal values areentered as Z coordinates and the vertical values are entered as Xrcoordinates. If you are working in mill, the horizontal values areentered as X coordinates and the vertical values are entered as Ycoordinates. The spreadsheet pictures shown in this exercise arefrom the Lathe module.

We will start this shape from the arc that intersects the origin, andproceed around the part in a counter-clockwise direction, definingfeatures as they are encountered along the path of the shape. Keepwatching the prompts in this exercise because they will give a goodindication of what is going on.

• Click on the Geometry Expert button to open the spreadsheet.

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the Counter-Clockwise Arc so that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

The feature type can also be selected using keyboard shortcuts.Refer to the Shortcuts information card for specifics.

• Enter the radius value and centerpoint coordinates shown below. Enterthe row.

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 106: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

100

• Enter the angle value and line point value shown below. Enter the row.

There are two possible points of intersection between the line and thecircle, both of which are equally valid. When this is the case, thepost targeting dialog, shown below, will appear on the screen.

The post targeting dialog requires the user to select the desired inter-section point. Once the correct point is selected on the screen, hit-ting the enter key or clicking on the OK button will create the appro-priate intersection between the two features.

• Select the right hand point as shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit enter.

The point that was selected will become a connector point (bluesquare) indicating that the circle and the line are now connected. Youcan now continue creating connected features in the GeometryExpert spreadsheet.

CurrentRow

The tab key or the arrow keys move the cursor from onecell to another within any row. The mouse can also beused to change cells by clicking in the desired cell.

Page 107: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

101

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Your screen should look like the picture below.

• Enter the endpoint values shown below. Enter the row.

• Delete the angle value. Enter the row.

Notice the prompt. It explains how the line will be created althoughno data has been entered: “This line will start at the last row endpoint and be tangent to the next circle.” Although this line containsno data other than the feature type, following features will providethe system with the required information to define and draw this line.It will not be drawn on the screen until all necessary information isentered. This is an example of a floating feature. A floating featurerow will be highlighted in yellow indicating that it can be entered asis, without the user adding more information.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 108: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

102

The next row’s feature type will default to an arc. This is due to thefact that the system cannot calculate the position of the previousfloating line without a circle tangency. When a line is not a possiblefeature type, the system will default to an arc.

• Enter the radius value and centerpoint coordinates shown below. Enterthe row.

When this arc is entered, the previous line and the arc are drawn onthe screen.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

CurrentRow

If the current row and the previous rows do not containenough information to define and draw the feature, thefeature is referred to as a floating feature. Floating fea-tures depend on information entered in following rows ofthe spreadsheet in order to be fully defined and drawn.

Page 109: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

103

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the angle value and the end point value shown below. Enter therow.

A half end point is valid in this case. As the prompt indicates, thesystem will calculate the other endpoint coordinate with the informa-tion it has and draw the end point on the screen. An end point isnecessary on this line because the following arc is not tangent to thisline. Anytime a circle is not tangent to the preceding feature, itneeds a start point. A start point is given by entering an endpoint forthe preceding feature. Also, it is important that the angle valueentered indicate the proper vector direction of the line because thenext feature is an arc.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the feature type button and drag the cursor to the the ClockwiseArc (fourth option) so that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

• Enter the radius value shown below. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 110: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

104

This is another example of a floating feature, this time a circle. Thecircle will be drawn once we define the next feature. The systemuses the information from the previous row, in this case the endpoint, and the information from the following row, which will pro-vide a tangency point, to draw the arc.

• Enter the line angle and line point values shown below. Enter the row.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the angle and line point value shown below. Enter the row.

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the Close Shape feature type.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 111: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

105

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Again there are two possible intersection points, so the system willask you to select which intersection point should be used. There isan option in the Edit menu which allows you to change the intersec-tion point chosen in a post targeting dialog, once the connection hasbeen made. This Edit menu item toggles between Use Intersection#1 and Use Intersection #2.

• Select the right point at the origin as shown.

• Click on the OK button in the post targeting dialog or hit the enter key.

Your final shape should look like the picture shown below.

• Depress the size box in the bottom right corner of the spread sheet anddrag the cursor down to extend the spreadsheet so that all rows are visible.

You may need to move the spreadsheet to the top of the screen sothat there is enough room to extend it down. To move the spread-sheet, move the cursor to the title bar so it changes to the mover tool.Click on the mouse button, and drag the dotted outline of the spread-sheet to the desired location. Then let go of the mouse button.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 112: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

106

• Click in in the radius cell of the fifth row of the spreadsheet that definesC2 (the arc with a 0.5 radius. )

Notice that the row becomes highlighted and is the current row.Also, the arc that is defined by this row is now selected on screen.

• Change the radius value to 0.4 and hit the enter key.

The system will automatically adjust the radius while maintainingthe correct connections to the preceding and following features. Youcan change other features in the same manner and the system willattempt to adjust the features and maintain the proper connections.Error balloons will appear if the changes cannot be made.

EXERCISE #4:LATHE TUTORIALMake sure that you save this file in a place where you can easilyaccess it, because it will be used in the machining tutorial found inthe Lathe module manual. This part is also created in the Free FormCAD Exercises. Refer to Part Print #4 : Lathe Tutorial for thisexercise.

• Create a lathe file and enter the stock values shown below.

Page 113: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

107

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Select Diameter for the X Dimension Style.

• Open the Geometry Expert spreadsheet.

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the Chamfer feature type and enter the length value shown below.Enter the row.

Chamfers are not drawn on the screen until the preceding and fol-lowing features are fully connected. Therefore, this chamfer will notbe drawn until we close this shape at the end of the exercise.

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 114: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

108

• Enter the angle and the line point values shown below. Enter the row.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the Fillet feature type and enter the radius value shown below.Enter the row.

Fillets are similar to chamfers in that they are not drawn on thescreen until the preceding and following features are fully connected.

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the Fillet feature type. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 115: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

109

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

The radius value will default to the previous value entered for a fil-let.

• Enter the angle and the line point values shown below. Enter the row.

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below. Notice thatboth fillets have been drawn because the preceding and followingfeatures are fully connected.

• Enter the angle and line point values shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the Fillet feature type. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 116: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

110

• Enter the angle and line point value shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the Fillet feature type. Enter the row.

• Enter the angle and the line point values shown below. Enter the row.

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

Now, we will create the geometry for the O-ring. Dimensions for theO-ring groove are provided in the detail of the part print.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 117: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

111

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Enter the angle and the line point values shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the Fillet feature type and enter the radius value shown below.Enter the row.

• Enter the angle and the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the Fillet feature type . Enter the row.

• Enter the angle and the line point values shown below. Enter the row.

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 118: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

112

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the Fillet feature type and enter the radius value shown below.Enter the row.

• Enter the angle and the line point values shown below. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 119: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

113

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the Fillet feature type . Enter the row.

• Enter the end point values shown below. Enter the row.

This line must be defined with an endpoint because the next featureis an arc that requires a start point. Anytime an arc is not tangent tothe previous line, the arc needs to have a start point. A start point iscreated by defining an end point on the previous feature. Notice thatwhen a line is created with an endpoint, the line is trimmed and a ter-minator point is created.Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 120: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

114

• Select the Clockwise arc feature type and enter the radius value shownbelow. Enter the row.

Notice the prompt. It states that this row will create a circle that willstart at the last row’s endpoint.

• Enter the angle and line point value shown below.

An angle value of 0° must be entered for this line because it is con-nected to an arc, and we must indicate to the system the proper direc-tion of the line. Up until this point, it has not been necessary toworry about the direction of the lines we have been creating. Linedirection is determined by the angle value. For example, an anglevalue of 180° or 0° will create a horizontal line. However, they willtravel in the opposite direction. It is important to check the lineangle for the correct direction if the line is connected to an arc, as itis in this case.

• Close the shape by selecting the Close Shape feature type.

The finished shape should look like the picture shown below. Noticethat the chamfer we created at the beginning has been drawn becausethe lines it is between are now fully connected.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 121: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

115

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

EXERCISE #5:DOODLEIn this exercise, we will create a rough sketch of the part geometryusing the mouse line tool which creates connected shapes with themouse. Then, we will load that rough shape into the GeometryExpert spreadsheet and adjust the dimensions. Refer to Part Print#5: Doodle for this exercise.

Again this part can be done with either the Mill or Lathe module.We have done it using the Lathe module.

• Create a new part file and enter the stock values for the part. Make surethat you select Diameter for the X Dimension Style if you are creating alathe part so the pictures will match.

• Open the Geometry Creation Palette.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Mouse Line button.

The Mouse Line dialog will come up on the screen as shown below.

The Mouse line button allows the user to create connected shapes bydragging lines using the mouse. Points will be made wherever youclick on the screen with the mouse button. Connected lines are creat-ed between these points.We will start sketching the part from the horizontal line at Z = -6.25.Don’t worry too much about the coordinates shown in the MouseLine dialog, the dimensions will be adjusted using the GeometryFANUC PLC Parts

Page 122: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

116

Expert spreadsheet.

Keep in mind that the sketch you create will vary from the picturesthat are shown. The screen shots are intended to give you a roughidea of what the part should look like. Do NOT draw the chamfer onthe part. We will insert that in the spreadsheet.

• Click near the location of point 1. Drag the mouse upward and then clicknear the location of point 2. Drag the mouse to the left and click near thelocation of point 3. Drag the mouse upward and to the left, click near thelocation of point 4.

Follow the part print and continue around the part. This should be avery quick process because you do not need to worry about the coor-dinates and dimensions. You only need to approximate the correctshape and make sure that you have the correct number of features(excluding the chamfer).

Your should look similar to the picture shown below.

Page 123: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

117

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Open the Geometry Expert spreadsheet.

Once the spreadsheet is open on the screen, any shape can be loadedinto Geometry Expert by double clicking anywhere on the shape.

• Double click on the far left line which should have been the first line youcreated using the Mouse Tool. (vertical line at approximately Z = -6.25)

All connected features will be loaded into the spreadsheet withdimension values. The first feature listed in the spreadsheet will bethe feature that you clicked on to load the shape. All the other fea-tures will be listed in creation order from that first feature.

• Use the scroll bar and arrows on the right side of the spread sheet toscroll to the top of the spreadsheet.

If you selected the line shown above, the first feature in the spread-sheet should be a line with an angle close to 90° around Z = -6.25.If your reference numbers don’t exactly match those shown in thepictures, don’t worry about it.

• Click in one of the cells in the first row, so that it becomes the currentrow.

Notice that the feature defined by the current row becomes selectedon the screen.

• Change the angle value, if necessary, to 90° and the line point Z value to-6.25. Enter the row.

The row can either be entered by hitting the enter or return keys, ormoving to another row in the spreadsheet using the arrow keys or themouse.

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 124: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

118

When you hit the enter or return key, the feature on the screen willchange according to the new dimensions entered, and the current rowwill remain the same. To move down to the next row in the spread-sheet you must use the arrow keys or click the cursor in a cell ofanother row. The enter and return keys only move down to the nextrow when creating new rows.

When you go to another row in the spreadsheet after making changesusing the arrow keys or the cursor, the system will change the featureand change the current row. On some systems, you may need to turnnum lock off in order to use the arrow keys on the keypad.

• Once in the next row, change the angle value, if necessary, to 0° and theline point Xd value to 4.25. Enter the row.

We will continue to adjust the part dimensions in this manner. Gofrom row to row, entering dimensions as they are found on the partblueprint. Make sure that the current row selects the correct featureon the screen. You should be able to see the features change to thecorrect dimensions as you go along. Remember that you will need tomanually move to the next row in the spreadsheet by either using thearrow keys or the mouse. Another way to adjust feature information is to select the feature onthe screen that you want to change. When you select the feature, therow in the spreadsheet that defines that feature will become the cur-rent row. Feature information can be changed in this manner as well.

The first ten rows of the spreadsheet should contain the valuesshown below.

CurrentRow

Page 125: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

119

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

The left half of your part should start to look like the part print.Because of the existing connections and locations of geometry, whenyou make some of the adjustments it may look like something hasgone wrong; the features and overall shape may not look the way itshould. Don’t worry, keep going through and changing the dimen-sions and Geometry Expert will adjust the shape correctly.

Your screen should look similar to the picture shown below. Noticethat one of the angled lines is not connected correctly. That will befixed as we change the following rows to the correct dimensions.

Remember that you need to use the mouse or the arrow keys to moveup and down through the rows of the spreadsheet.

The last ten rows of the spreadsheet should look like the pictureshown below. Notice that the close shape row is already in thespreadsheet. It was entered in the spreadsheet when we loaded theshape because it was a closed shape.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 126: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

120

Once all of the rows have been adjusted your shape should look likethe picture shown below.

Now, we will insert a row in the spreadsheet to create the chamfer.The Edit menu contains options for inserting and deleting rows inGeometry Expert.

• Select the line at Z = 0, as shown.

When you select the line on the screen, the row that defines that linewill become the current row in the spread sheet. When you insert arow, the new row gets placed above the current row in the spread-sheet.

• Select the Insert row option under the Edit menu.

A row with no information other than the feature type, which is aline, will be inserted in the spreadsheet above the current row.Notice the new row is now the current row.

CurrentRow

Page 127: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

121

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

• Select the Chamfer feature type and enter the length value shown belowin the inserted row. Enter the row.

The chamfer will immediately be drawn because it is being createdat the intersection of two features that have already been connected.When rows are inserted in the spreadsheet, the system will scan theshape and attempt to incorporate the feature into the connected shapemaintaining all of the necessary intersections and tangencies. If thisis not possible, the system will produce error balloons.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

Try sketching any shape and adjusting the dimensions. If any prob-lems occur, the error balloons and prompting information shouldindicate what needs to be done.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 128: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

122

EXERCISE#6: BELL CRANKIn this exercise, we will create a simple shape composed of arcs andlines. Geometry Expert takes care of the connecting intersecting fea-tures. The part print for this exercise is provided at the end of thissection.

• Launch the system.

The Operating Systems Appendix provides specific instructions onlaunching the system.

• Click on the Document Control button in the Top Level palette.

When the Document Control button is depressed, the DocumentControl dialog will appear on the screen. This dialog contains filemanagement options, as well as general information about the part,stock measurements and clearance positioning.

• Click on the New button.

Page 129: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

123

The Save dialog, shown below, will appear on the screen.

• Type “exercise” in the New File Name box.

• Click on the Save button.

When you save files you want to make sure that you are saving themin the appropriate location on your hard drive. You may need tochange drives and/or directories or folders in order to save the file inthe desired place.

To change drives, Windows users click on the Drive but-ton, Macintosh users on the Desktop button, in the Savedialog shown above. To change directories or folders,

double click on the name of the directory/folder in the current list.The pop-up menu above the list displays the name of the currentdirectory/folder and allows you to access lower level directories/fold-ers.

• Select mm for the measurement type.

• Enter the stock values shown below.

The stock values entered are slightly larger than the part dimensionsso that we can see all of the geometry within the stock outline.

OS

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 130: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

124

• Type “This is a sample part” in the Comment text box.

If a comment is entered in this text box, it will appear in the Opendialog when this part is selected.

Because we are only creating part geometry in this exercise, theclearance and tool change positioning information does not matter.

When all the information about the part has been entered, close thisdialog. The information contained in it may be changed at any time,simply by clicking on the Document Control button and entering thenew information.

• Close the Document Control dialog by clicking twice in the close box in theupper left hand corner of the dialog.

Page 131: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

125

A stock outline is drawn with a “+” that signifies the origin of thepart which is located at X0, Y0. Your screen should now look likethe picture shown below.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

The Geometry Creation palette will come up on the screen.

• Click on the Geometry Expert button in the Geometry Creation palette.

We will begin creating the shape by choosing a feature and “walk-ing” around the part in a counter-clockwise direction creating theshape feature by feature. The feature we will start with is the verti-cal line at Y0.

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 132: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

126

• Enter the line point value shown below.

When defining either horizontal or vertical lines, it is only necessaryto enter a half point for the line point.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

When the row is entered, the line is drawn on the screen and the cur-rent row of the spreadsheet moves down one. The second featurerow has a line selected for the feature type and the angle is 180°.The system angle defaults toggle between 0°/180° and 90°/270°, andplaces the cursor in the appropriate cell.

• Click on the Feature Type button and drag the cursor to the Fillet featuretype (3rd button) so that it becomes depressed. Release the mouse button.

The feature type can also be selected using keyboard shortcuts.Refer to the Shortcuts Appendix for specific information on using thekeyboard shortcuts.

CurrentRow

Page 133: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

127

• Enter the radius value shown below.

Only a radius value is required when creating fillets. Therefore, theother cells in the row are grayed out.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Nothing is drawn on the screen, although the fillet is now entered inthe spreadsheet. Fillets and chamfers are not drawn on the screenuntil the two features they exist between are fully connected.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

Notice that the line angle toggled to 180°.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 134: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

128

• Select the Fillet feature type and enter the radius value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the line point value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

Notice the horizontal line turns blue and trims because it now hastwo connector points.

• Select the Fillet feature type and enter the radius value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 135: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

129

Again there is no change on the screen, but the fillets will be drawnwhen the lines become trimmed and connected. If the GeometryExpert spreadsheet is closed before fillets and chamfers have beendrawn on the screen, they will be lost. Any rows in the spreadsheetthat contain information for features that have not been created (eg.fillets, chamfers, floating features) will not be maintained when thespreadsheet is closed.

• Enter the end point coordinates shown below.

It is necessary to enter an end point for this line because the follow-ing arc is not tangent to this line. Anytime an arc is not tangent tothe preceding feature, it needs a start point. A start point is specifiedby entering an endpoint for the preceding feature.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

The tab key or the arrow keys move the cursor from onecell to another within any row. The mouse can also beused to change cells by clicking in the desired cell.

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 136: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

130

Two of the fillets have now been drawn, and the line defined with anendpoint is trimmed. Once a feature has been drawn on the screen, areference number is assigned and entered in the Ref cell of thespreadsheet.

• Select the Clockwise Arc feature type and enter the radius value shownbelow.

Notice the prompting information at the bottom of the spreadsheet.It states that the circle will start at the last row’s end point and betangent to the next feature, therefore only a radius value needs to beentered. We had to use an arc feature type rather than a fillet becausethis arc is not tangent to the preceding and following lines.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Because the arc is dependent on the following line for a tangencypoint, it will not be drawn on the screen until the following line isdefined.

• Enter the endpoint and angle value shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 137: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

131

• Select the Clockwise Arc feature type and enter the radius value shownbelow.

• Hit the enter or return key.

• Enter the angle and line point values shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 138: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

132

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the Close Shape feature type.

The Close Shape feature type connects the first feature and the lastfeature at their point of intersection or tangency by creating a con-nector point. No information other than the feature type needs to beentered, and therefore all the cells in a Close Shape feature row aregrayed out. Closing the shape will usually be the final step whencreating a shape using Geometry Expert.

Notice the fillet we created at the beginning of the exercise has nowbeen drawn.

Our shape is now closed, however, we forgot to create the filletbetween the first and last feature. We will add this fillet by insertinga row in the spreadsheet. The Edit menu contains items for insertingand deleting rows from the Geometry Expert spreadsheet.

Page 139: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 G e o m e t r y E x p e r t �

133

• Select the Insert Row item from the Edit menu.

A blank feature row will be added to the spreadsheet above the cur-rent row. The inserted row is now the current row.

• Select the Fillet feature type.

The radius value for the fillet will default to the previous radiusentered for a fillet. Therefore, it is not necessary to enter a radiusvalue.

The fillet will be drawn immediately because it is being createdbetween two fully connected features. When rows are added to thespreadsheet, the system will scan the existing shape and attempt toincorporate the inserted feature into the connected shape while main-taining all intersections and tangencies. If this is not possible thesystem will produce an error message alerting the user.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 140: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

134

The shape is now complete and fully connected and should look likethe picture shown below.

Page 141: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

135

CHAPTER 6 : F r e e F o r m C A DThe exercises in this chapter use the Free Form CAD tools con-

tained in the Geometry Creation palette. Exercises 1, 2, and 5 aredone using the Mill module, while Exercises 3 and 4 are done usingthe Lathe module. Again, because these exercises only deal withgeometry creation, and not machining, they can be done using eithermodule with simple adjustments to the stock size.

EXERCISE #1:SHAPES AND CONNECTORSThe first exercise creates a very simple shape to give you an idea ofhow the free form CAD tools create geometry and how geometry isconnected.

• Click on the Document Control button in the Top Level palette.

The Document Control dialog will come up on the screen. This dia-log and its functionality will be explained in Exercise #2 : MillTutorial and Exercise #3 : Lathe Tutorial that follow in this chapter.

• Click on the New button.

• Type “Shapes” in the New File Name box.

• Click on the Save button.

• Click on the Machine Type pop-up menu. Drag the cursor until 3 AxisVertical Mill is highlighted, then release the mouse button.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 142: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Enter Stock values shown below.

• Close the Document Control dialog by clicking twice in the close box in theupper left hand corner.

Because no machining processes will be applied to the shape createdin this exercise, the stock and clearance values input into this dialogare merely to provide a stock outline to contain the shape we willcreate.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

The Geometry Creation palette will appear on the screen, as shownbelow. All part geometry is created using this palette.

• Click on the Line button.

The Line sub-palette will appear on the screen.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Vertical Line button.

136

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 143: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Enter the values shown below.

• Click on the Multiple Line button.

Clicking on this button will create the line specified, and will allowyou to continue creating lines using the Parallel to Axis method,without returning to the Geometry Creation palette.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Horizontal Line button.

• Enter the values shown below.

• Click on the Single Line button.

137

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 144: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Circle button.

The Circle sub-palette will appear on the screen.

• Select the two lines shown.

• Enter radius value shown below. (R = 0.5)

• Click on the Single Circle button.

All possible circle tangencies will be drawn to allow the user toselect whichever circles are necessary to create the required partgeometry. If more than one feature is selected, no automatic connec-tion will occur.

138

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 145: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the upper right-hand circle as shown.

Once the desired feature has been selected, the OK button becomesblack indicating that it is now an active option and can be selected.

• Click on the OK button.

When the OK button is depressed, the circle trims and becomes aconnected arc. The lines are yellow and untrimmed because theyeach only have one connector. The points created at the intersectionof the lines and the arc are graphically shown as blue squares ratherthan yellow circles. The blue squares are connector points.

139

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 146: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Connector points are needed to machine a cut shape because theyindicate the next feature the tool will cut on. In this case, connectorpoints were created because the arc was defined by selecting twolines with which it should be tangent. The system will create con-nector points (blue squares) rather than plain points (yellow circles)whenever possible. Connectors are made when points are created atthe intersection or point of tangency between two features, providingthose features do not already have two connectors. However, becausethis is not always possible, plain points can be changed into connec-tor points, and connector points can be changed into plain points.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter values shown below.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Point-Angle button.

140

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 147: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Select the point in the upper right hand corner of the screen.

• Enter angle value shown below. (A = 15)

• Click on the Multiple Lines button.

• Enter angle value shown below. (A = 100)

• Click on the Single Line button.

141

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 148: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

In this case, it was necessary to create the point prior to creating thelines because the point was needed to define the lines.Consequently, it was not possible to have the system automaticallycreate a connector point at the intersection or tangency of two exist-ing features. Therefore, we will manually change the plain point atthe intersection of the horizontal and angled lines into a connectorpoint.

• Select the point shown. Then with the shift key depressed, select thelines that intersect at that point.

In order to manually create connector points using the Connect-Disconnect button, two features and a point must be selected. Todisconnect or break a connection, only the point needs to be selected.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

The point becomes a blue square indicating that it is now connectorpoint. Neither of the lines that intersect at that point trim becauseeach only has one connector point.

• Click off the part to deselect geometry highlighted as a result of the con-necting process.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the two lines shown.

Once the Point button has been depressed, we can select two fea-tures, in this case two lines, without depressing a button in thePoint sub-palette. When the lines are selected a geometry dialog,shown below, will come up allowing for the creation of a point atthe intersection of the two lines selected.

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

142

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 149: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below. The systemcreated a connector because the point was defined by choosing twointersecting features (lines). The lines become blue and trim becausethey now have two connector points.

• Select the two lines shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Circle button.

143

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 150: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Centerpoint-Radius button.

• Select the point in the upper right corner of the screen, as shown.

• Enter radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

The circle is yellow and untrimmed because the lines that it inter-sects with already have two connector points. We want this circle tobe the corner of our shape. Therefore, the point at the intersectionof the lines (and the center of the circle) must be disconnected.

• Select the point at the center of the circle, as shown.

To disconnect or break connections, only the point needs to beselected.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

The point changes back to a yellow circle. The lines also change toyellow and are no longer trimmed.

144

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 151: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the line and circle shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

All possible points that intersect the selected features will be drawnso that the user can select whichever points are necessary for thepart. One or both of the points may be selected to be incorporatedinto the geometry for the part.

• Select the left point, as shown.

• Click on the OK button.

145

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 152: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

The point drawn is a connector, and the top line becomes blue andtrims.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the line and circle shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

Again, the two possible intersections points are drawn. You canselect either or both, to be part of the shape.

• Select the bottom point, as shown.

• Click on the OK button.

146

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 153: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Again, the point drawn is a connector, and the right line becomesblue and trims. The circle trims to a short arc when it gets its secondconnector point.

All circles trim to an arc of less than 180° when they have two con-nector points. In this case, we want the arc that is greater than 180°so we will use the Reverse Arc option in the Modify Menu.

• Select the arc, as shown.

• Select Reverse Arc under the Modify menu.

The desired arc is drawn on the screen as shown in the picture below.

147

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 154: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

There is a third type of point called a terminator. A terminator isgraphically shown as a yellow square. A terminator is a similar to aconnector point in that it connects a feature to itself. Terminators areuseful in finishing an open shape.

• Select the arc shown.

• Click on the Wastecan button.

The arc disappears. Its two connector points become plain points.We will change these plain points into terminators to complete theopen shape. The two lines turn yellow and become untrimmedbecause they currently have only one connector each.

• Select the point shown. Then with the shift key depressed, select the linethat intersects the point.

In order to create terminators, a point and the feature that goesthrough that point must be selected.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

148

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 155: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

The point becomes a yellow square signifying a terminator point.The line turns blue and trims to signify it is fully connected.

We will repeat this procedure on the other point and line.

• Select the point shown. Then with the shift key depressed, select the linethat intersects the point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

You now have a fully trimmed open shape. Terminating the endpoints of an open shape is recommended because you will get a cleargeometry contour, automatic segment connection with the DuplicateAnd... option in the Modify menu, and easily selectable defaults forthe start point and end point when machining.

149

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 156: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

EXERCISE # 2 :MILL TUTORIALThis exercise creates the geometry for the part we will machine inthe tutorial of the Mill module manual. If you do not have the Millmodule, Exercise #3 creates the geometry for the lathe tutorial part.

• Launch the system.

Refer to the Operating Systems Appendix for specific instructionson launching the system. Refer to Part Print #6 : Mill Tutorial.

• Click on the Document Control button in the Top Level palette.

The Document Control button appears depressed to indicate that theDocument Control dialog is open. Upon selection, the DocumentControl dialog comes up on the screen. It contains general informa-tion on the part, such as machine type, stock measurements, andmaterial information.

• Click on the New button.

• Type “Mill tut” in the New File Name text box.

150

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 157: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

The name at the top of the dialog is the current folder or directorywhere the file will be saved. The available lower level folders ordirectories are contained in the list below the current folder/directoryname. To select a lower level folder/directory to be the current one,simply click on it in the list. When the current folder/directory is setto the folder/directory in which you want to save the file, click on theSave button. Once the current folder/directory is selected it will besaved as the default setting. Make sure you save this file somewherethat you can easily access it again, because it will be used in themachining tutorial found in the Mill module manual.

• Click on the Save button.

• Click on the Machine Type pop-up menu. Drag the cursor until 3 AxisVertical Mill is highlighted, then release the mouse button.

• Select the inch option for the measurement type.

• Enter the values for the stock size.

The stock size values only affect how the geometry of the part isshown on the screen. We will set the stock dimensions slightly larg-er than the part geometry, so that all the geometry will appear insidethe stock outline, rather than on the edges.

151

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 158: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Type “This is a sample part” in the Comment box.

If a part comment is entered, it will appear in the Open dialog whenthe part is selected.

The Document Control dialog should look like the picture shownbelow.

When all the information about the part has been entered, close thisdialog. The information contained in it may be changed at any timeduring part creation by simply clicking on the Document Controlbutton and entering the new information.

• Close this dialog by clicking twice on the small square in the upper lefthand corner of the dialog.

The preferred process to create the geometry for a particular part isto choose a starting location and work in either a clockwise orcounter-clockwise direction around the part. By using this method,features will become connected at the first opportunity which simpli-fies geometry creation.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

152

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 159: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Depressing this button will bring up the Geometry Creation palette,as shown below. All part geometry is created using this palette.

• Click on the Point button.

The Point sub-palette will be displayed.

• Click on the XYZ button

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

The tab key on the keyboard moves the cursor from onetext box to the next within any dialog. When the field ishighlighted, it is active and values can be entered andchanged. Also double clicking in any particular fieldallows values to be entered.

Another way to activate the Point button is by typing“1”on the keyboard. In any of the geometry palettes,typing in the locational number of the button will pro-duce the same result as clicking on the button.

153

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 160: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

The Multiple Points button allows the user to continuecreating lines using the XYZ coordinate method.Clicking on the Single Point button would create theexact same point, and return the user to the GeometryCreation palette.

154

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 161: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Single Point button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

We will now create circles around each of the points.

• Click on the Circle button.

The Circle sub-palette, shown below, will be displayed.

• Click on the Centerpoint Radius button.

The P text box in Point geometry dialogs displays a labelwhen a point is selected while the appropriate modifierkey (Alt, Command, or Control, depending on the plat-form) is depressed. Refer to the Shortcuts informationcard for specifics on the modifier key. The coordinatesof the point are also shown. If the cursor is in the Z textbox, only the Z coordinate is given. If the cursor is inthe Xd text box, only the Xd coordinate is given. If thecursor is in the P text box, both coordinates are given.

155

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 162: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Select the point at the origin, as shown.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

The CP text box displays a label identifying the point selected to bethe centerpoint of the circle. The system assigns a label to all geom-etry created. Geometry is defined by a letter, P-point, C-circle, L-line and a number indicating the order of creation. These labels aredisplayed when the labels option in the View menu is selected. Manygeometry dialogs display the label(s) of selected geometry.

• Select Labels under the View menu.

All the points created are labeled. Labels can be turned on anytimewithout affecting geometry creation, and are especially helpful if youencounter any connection problems.

• Turn Labels off by selecting it again under the View menu.

156

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 163: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Multiple Circles button.

This button functions the same as the Multiple Points button.Depressing it allows you to create more than one circle using thecurrent definition method. In this case, selecting an existing point toact as the centerpoint, and then entering a radius value.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the point shown. (X = -3, Y = 0, Z = 0)

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Multiple Circles button.

157

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 164: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Select the point shown. (X = -3, Y = -2, Z = 0)

The radius is the same for the next three circles, so there is no needto change the value.

• Click on the Multiple Circles button.

• Select the point shown. (X = 3, Y = -2, Z = 0 )

• Click on the Multiple Circles button.

158

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 165: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Select the point shown. (X = 3, Y = 2, Z = 0)

• Click on the Single Circle button.

Whenever a feature (line or circle) needs to be created tangent orintersecting two features and/or points previously drawn on thescreen, it is not necessary to enter any locational data.

• Click on the Line button.

The Line sub-palette will be displayed.

159

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 166: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Select the two circles shown.

A Geometry dialog will appear which contains text boxes that labelthe features selected. The order of the information in the text boxesis determined by the order the selections were made. Therefore, whatappears on your screen may be slightly different than what is shownbelow.

• Click on the Single Line button.

If two features and/or points are selected before the Point,Line, or Circle button is depressed, the appropriate sub-palette will be skipped, and a dialog providing for thecreation of the selected feature or point will appearinstead. The same dialog will automatically appear if twofeatures and/or points are selected once the Point, Line,or Circle button has been depressed, without selectingone of the options in the sub-palette. Refer to theGeometry Creation Chapter for more information.

160

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 167: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

All possible line tangencies between the two circles selected aredrawn. The system displays all possible choices so that the user canselect any that are necessary for the part. When one or more of thefeatures are selected, the OK button in the box shown below will turnblack to indicate that it is an active choice.

• Select the line shown.

• Click on the OK button.

161

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 168: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

You will notice that the line is blue and only drawn between its tan-gent points on the two circles. This indicates the the line is connect-ed between two features. The points are connectors, graphicallyshown as blue squares, rather than yellow dots. The system willmake connector points whenever possible.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Select the two circles shown.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

All possible circle tangencies between the two circles selected willbe drawn so that the user can select any that are necessary for thepart.

In order to clearly see the circle to be selected, we will zoom in onthe area around the smaller circle. To zoom in on an area, make arectangle with the cursor by depressing the mouse button and drag-ging the dotted white rectangle around the area you wish to zoom inon.

162

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 169: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Drag a rectangle around the area around the small circle to zoom in on it.

• Select the circle shown.

• Click on the OK button.

• Click on the View Control button.

Depressing this button brings up the View Control palette, alsoreferred to as the Trackball. It has buttons around the center ballwhich will change the view. It also contains an Unzoom button,which will redraw the screen at its original scale.

• Click on the Unzoom button.

• Click on the View Control button again.

Clicking on this button again will put away the trackball. Like otherpalettes, it can be left on the screen or put away at any time. Wehave chosen to keep the screen as uncluttered as possible.

163

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 170: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

You will notice that the 4" radius circle and the 2" radius circle areboth blue and drawn only between their connector points.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Click on the Centerpoint Radius button.

• Select the point shown. (X = -3, Y = -2, Z = 0)

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

164

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 171: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• While holding down the shift key, select the point and circle shown.

When creating geometry, you can click on the Point, Line or Circlebutton and then click on the appropriate features. This is the methodwe will use throughout the majority of this tutorial. Another option,explained here, is to select the two features needed, and then click onthe Point, Line or Circle button.

• Click on the Line button.

A dialog providing for the creation of a line between the point andcircle selected will come up.

• Click on the Single Line button.

In order to select more than one feature, the shift keymust be depressed while clicking on the features. Theshift key turns on the multiple selection capabilities.When the shift key is depressed, the cursor changes fromblack to white to indicate that multiple selection is acti-vated.

165

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 172: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Select the left line, as shown.

• Click on the OK button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel Line button.

• Select the line shown.

• Enter the distance value shown below.

• Click on the Single Line button.

166

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 173: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

The two possible lines that adhere to the specifications entered willappear on the screen. The user can select one or both of the lines.

• Select the left line as shown.

• Click on the OK button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the line and circle shown.

167

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 174: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Single Point button.

The two points that intersect the selected features will be drawn sothat the user can select whichever points are necessary for the part.One or both of the points may be selected to be incorporated into thegeometry for the part.

• Select the bottom point as shown.

• Click on the OK button.

The circle will trim to an arc and become blue because it now hastwo connector points.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the line and circle shown.

168

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 175: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Select the arc shown.

• Select Duplicate under the Modify menu.

The Duplicate option will redraw the geometry selected in the samelocation it had been drawn before. The 2" radius circle, previouslydrawn and connected, is needed again to draw the bottom half of thepart. It is important when one feature needs to be connected in twodifferent locations, that it be fully connected (have two connectorpoints) in the first location before drawing and connecting the featurein the second location.

169

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 176: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Line button.

• Select the two circles shown.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Select the line shown.

170

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 177: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the OK button.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Click on the two circles shown.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

171

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 178: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the bottom circle, as shown.

• Click on the OK button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Line button.

172

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 179: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Select the two points shown.

• Click on the Single Line button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the line and circle shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Select the point shown.

173

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 180: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the OK button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the arc shown.

Whenever a circle is connected, the arc that will be drawn will be theone that is less than 180°. This is the side of the circle most fre-quently needed in the creation of geometry. In this particular case,we want the arc greater than 180° so we will use the Reverse Arcoption under the Modify menu.

• Select Reverse Arc under the Modify menu.

174

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 181: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Anytime you do not want a feature(s) highlighted, click in any emptyarea in the drawing window.

• Click off the part geometry to deselect the arc.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Select the line and circle shown.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

• Select the bottom right circle, as shown.

175

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 182: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the OK button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Double click on the geometry shown.

Whenever you double click on a feature that is connected to otherfeatures, all the connected features will become selected.

• Click on the wastecan.

The selected geometry will be thrown away.

The outside portion of the geometry is now complete. The onlything that remains is to create the geometry for the center boss.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the Polar Point button.

• Select the point at the origin, as shown.

• Enter the distance and angle values shown below.

176

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 183: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Single Point button.

This creates a point one inch from the selected point at an angle of15°, as shown below.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Click on the Centerpoint-Radius button.

90°

270°

180°

(-90°)

(-180°)

(-270°)

Angle values follow the standard Cartesian coordinate system,as shown below. Negative values are acceptable as input.

177

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 184: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Select the point at the origin, as shown.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Multiple Circles button.

• Select the point shown.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

178

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 185: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Line button.

• Select the two circles shown.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Select the two outside lines, as shown.

179

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 186: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the OK button.

• Select the arc shown.

• Select Reverse Arc under the Modify menu.

The geometry for this part is now complete. Make sure that yousave this on your computer somewhere it can be easily accessed. Wewill machine this part in the Mill module manual.

180

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 187: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

EXERCISE #3:LATHE TUTORIALThis exercise creates the geometry for the part we will machine inthe tutorial of the Lathe module manual. If you don’t have the lathemodule, the geometry creation for the mill tutorial is outlined in theprevious exercise.

• Launch the system.

Refer to the Operating Systems Appendix for specific instructionson launching the system. Refer to Part Print #4 : Lathe Tutorial.

• Click on the Document Control button in the Top Level palette.

The Document Control button appears depressed to indicate that it isin use. Upon selection, the Document Control dialog shown on thefollowing page, will come up which contains general information onthe part, such as machine type, stock measurements, and materialinformation.

• Click on the New button.

• Type “LatheTut” in the New File Name text box.

181

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 188: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

The name at the top of the dialog is the current folder or directorywhere the file will be saved. The available lower level folders ordirectories are contained in the list below the current folder/directoryname. To select a lower level folder/directory to be the current one,simply click on it in the list. When the current folder/directory is setto the folder/directory in which you want to save the file, click on theSave button. Once the current folder/directory is selected, it will besaved as the default setting. Make sure you save this file somewherethat you can easily access it again, because it will be used in themachining tutorial found in the Lathe module manual.

• Click on the Save button.

• Click on the Machine Type pop-up menu. Drag the cursor until 2A Lathe-1.0 Shank is highlighted, then release the mouse button.

• Select the inch option for the measurement type.

• Enter the values for the stock size and clearance planes, shown below.

The stock size will be used to draw the stock outline and originmarker on the screen. Also, when machining parts using the Lathemodule, the system will use the stock size dimensions to calculatetool moves when the Auto Clearance and/or Material Only optionsare used. These options will be described in the Lathe module man-ual.

182

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 189: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Select the Diameter option for the X Dimension style.

• Type “This is a sample part” in the Comment box.

The part comment, if one is entered, will appear in the Open dialogwhen the part is selected.

The Document Control dialog should look like the picture shownbelow. The Clearance options and Tool Change positioning will bedescribed in the tutorial contained in the Lathe module manual.

When all the information about the part has been entered, close thisdialog. This information may be changed (edited) at any time byclicking on the Document Control button and entering the new infor-mation.

• Close this dialog by clicking twice on the small square in the upper lefthand corner of the dialog.

Typically, the best way to create part geometry is to choose a startinglocation and work in either a clockwise or counter-clockwise direc-tion around the part. By using this method, features will becomeconnected at the first opportunity simplifying geometry creation. Inthis particular example, we will begin in the lower right hand corner,and proceed in a counter clockwise direction. Turning parts are symmetrical about the X axis. Therefore, the sys-

183

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 190: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

tem only requires you to draw the top side of the part.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

Depressing this button will bring up the Geometry Creation palette,shown below. All part geometry is created using this palette.

• Click on the Point button.

The Point sub-palette will be displayed.

• Click on the XYZ button

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = 0, Xd = 1.6)

Another way to activate the Point button is by typing“1”on the keyboard. In any of the geometry palettes,typing in the locational number of the button will pro-duce the same result as clicking on the button.

184

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 191: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Single Point button.

The point defined will be drawn on the screen. Also, clicking on thisbutton will return you to the Geometry Creation palette.

Your screen should now look like the picture below.

• Click on the Line button.

The Line sub-palette will be displayed.

The Single Point button should already be highlighted(shown in yellow) to indicate that it is the activechoice. When the desired selection is highlighted,instead of clicking on the button, simply hit the enteror return key on the keyboard and that function will beperformed.

The tab button moves the cursor from one text box to thenext within any dialog. When the field is highlighted, itis active and values can be entered and changed. Alsodouble clicking in any particular field allows values tobe entered.

185

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 192: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Vertical Line button.

The button will appear depressed to show that it is the selectedchoice.

• Enter the value shown below. (Z = 0)

• Click on the Multiple Lines button.

• Click on the Horizontal Line button.

• Enter value shown below. (Xd = 2.25)

• Click on the Single Line button.

The Multiple Lines button allows the user to continuecreating lines using the Parallel to Axis method.Clicking on the Single Line button would create theexact same line, but return the user to the GeometryCreation palette.

186

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 193: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

Now, we will use the Point button to create a connector at the inter-section of these two lines. Connectors allow the tool to proceedfrom one geometric feature to another.

• While holding down the shift key, select the two lines shown. (Z = 0,Xd = 2.25)

When creating geometry, you can click on the Point, Line or Circlebutton and then click on the appropriate features. This is the methodwe will use throughout the majority of this tutorial. Another option,shown here, is to select the two features needed, and then click onthe Point, Line or Circle button.

• Select Labels under the View menu.

All of the geometry that has been created will be defined by a letterindicating the type of geometry, ie. P-point, C-circle, L-line, and anumber indicating the creation order.

In order to select more than one feature, the shift keymust be depressed while clicking on the features. Theshift key turns on the multiple selection capabilities.When the shift key is depressed, the cursor changes fromblack to white to indicate that multiple selection is acti-vated.

187

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 194: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Point button.

A Geometry dialog will appear on the screen. The order of the infor-mation in the text boxes is determined by the order the lines wereselected. Therefore, what appears on your screen may be slightlydifferent than what is shown below.

• Click on the Single Point button.

You will notice that the point you just created (P2) is a connector,graphically shown as a blue square, rather than a yellow dot. Thesystem will make a connector point whenever possible. While thepoint is a connector, the line does not change from yellow to blue(blue being the connected shape color) because it does not yet havetwo connector points.

• Turn Labels off by selecting it again under the View menu.

188

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 195: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = -0.975, Xd = 2.25)

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Point-Angle button.

• Select the point you just created. (Z = -0.975, Xd = 2.25)

The P text box in Point geometry dialogs displays a labelwhen a point is selected while the appropriate modifierkey (Alt, Command, or Control, depending on the plat-form) is depressed. Refer to the Shortcuts informationcard for specifics on the modifier key. The coordinatesof the point are also shown. If the cursor is in the Z textbox, only the Z coordinate is given. If the cursor is inthe Xd text box, only the Xd coordinate is given. If thecursor is in the P text box, both coordinates are given.

189

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 196: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Enter the angle value shown below. (A = 45)

• Click on the Single Line button.

Your screen should now look like the picture below.

Now using the Connect-Disconnect button, we will connect the twolines at the point where they intersect. In order to connect geometry,one point and two features must be selected. In this case, we willselect the point at Z = -.975, Xd = 2.25, and the two lines that inter-sect at this point. When performing connections, it is good protocolto first click off the part to be sure that all geometry is deselected.Then, proceed to select the features you wish to connect.

• Select the point. Then, while holding down the shift key, select the linesthat intersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click anywhere off the part geometry to deselect geometry highlighted bythe connection process.

The point will change to a blue square, and the line will become bluebecause it now has two connector points.

190

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 197: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Horizontal Line button.

• Enter value shown below. (Xd = 1.6)

• Click on the Single Line button.

Your screen should look like the picture below.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

191

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 198: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = -2.2, Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Point-Angle button.

• Select the point just created. (Z = -2.2, Xd = 2.8)

• Enter the angle value shown below. (A = -63)

192

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 199: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the two lines shown. (Xd = 1.6 and angled line)

90°

270°

180°

(-90°)

(-180°)

(-270°)

Angle values follow the standard Cartesian coordinate system,as shown below. Negative values are acceptable as input.

193

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 200: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

A connector point is created at the intersection, and the line becomesblue.

• Select the two lines shown. (Xd = 1.6 and angled line)

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

194

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 201: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = -2.5, Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Single Point button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Line button.

• Select the points shown. (Z = -2.2, Xd = 2.8 and Z = -2.5,Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Single Line button.

195

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 202: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Now, we will connect the lines through the point at Z = -2.2, Xd =2.8.

• Select the point. Then, with the shift key depressed, select the lines thatintersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click off the part geometry.

Turning on Labels will produce a picture like the one shown below.In order to clearly read all of the labels, you may need to zoom in onthe part. Zooming in on an area is accomplished by depressing themouse button and dragging a rectangle around the area you wish toenlarge.

If problems are encountered with connections, forexample, the point selected does not turn into a con-nector (blue square), a few problems may be at work.Make sure that no other geometry is selected on thescreen except those necessary for the connection. Another possible problem is that there is overlappinggeometry. To check if there are any overlapping fea-tures, turn on Labels in the View menu. When thisitem is turned on, every feature drawn on the screenwill be labeled.

196

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 203: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Point-Angle button.

• Select the point shown. (Z = -2.5, Xd = 2.8)

• Enter the angle value shown below. [A = (-90-24)]

In this case, the value of 24 is used because we divided the anglevalue of 48 (shown on part diagram) in half.

Anywhere the label cannot be clearly read, there is morethan one piece of geometry in the same location. If thisis the case, click on the labeled geometry, and hit deleteon the keyboard or click on the wastecan. Then performa Redraw. This process deletes one piece of geometry.If the label is still unclear, repeat the process until thelabel can be clearly read.

197

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 204: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Single Line button.

Now, we will connect the lines through the point at Z = -2.5, Xd =2.8.

• Select the point. Then, with the shift key depressed, select the lines thatintersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click off the part geometry.

All number input boxes will accept and perform mathe-matical functions. Hitting either the equal key or the tabkey on the keyboard will display the final value.For a complete list of the functions and symbols accept-ed by the system. Refer to the Interface Chapter formore information.

198

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 205: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Horizontal Line button.

• Enter the value shown below. (Xd = 1)

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = -3.8, Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Single Point button.

199

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 206: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Point-Angle button.

• Select the point shown. (Z = -3.8, Xd= 2.8)

• Enter angle value shown below. [A = (-90+24)]

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Circle button.

200

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 207: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

The Circle sub-palette will be displayed.

• Select the lines shown. (Xd = 1 and angled line)

• Enter the radius value shown below. (R = 0.2)

• Click on the Multiple Circles button.

All possible circle tangencies between the two lines selected will bedrawn. The system displays all possible choices so that the user canselect any that are necessary for the part. When one or more of thefeatures are selected, the OK button in the box shown below will turnblack to indicate that it is an active choice.

• Select the upper left hand circle as shown.

201

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 208: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the OK button.

The same process will now be repeated for the other two lines.

• Select the lines shown. (Xd = 1 and angled line)

The radius should still be defined as 0.2, therefore no editing is nec-essary.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

• Select the upper right hand circle as shown.

• Click on the OK button.

202

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 209: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Horizontal Line button.

• Enter the value shown below. (Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Single Line button.

Now, we will connect the lines through the point at Z = -3.8, Xd =2.8.

• Select the point. Then, with the shift key depressed, select the lines thatintersect at that point.

203

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 210: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click off the part geometry.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = 4, Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

204

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 211: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = -4.15, Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Point-Angle button.

• Select the point as shown. (Z = -4, Xd = 2.8)

• Enter the angle value shown below. (A = 85°)

• Click on the Multiple Lines button.

205

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 212: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the point as shown. (Z = -4.15, Xd = 2.8)

• Enter the angle value shown below. (A = 95°)

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Enter the value shown below. (Xd = 2.52)

206

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 213: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Single Line button.

Now, we will create connector points at the corners of the O-ringgroove. First, we will manually connect the lines through the pointat Z = -4, Xd = 2.8.

• Select the point shown. Then, with the shift key depressed, select thelines that intersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click off the part geometry.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the lines shown.

207

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 214: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

You’ll notice that the point created is already a connector point.

• Select the lines shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

208

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 215: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Enter the value shown below. (Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Single Line button.

To complete the O-ring, we will connect the lines through the pointat Z = -4.15, Xd = 2.8.

• Select the point. Then, with the shift key depressed, select the lines that intersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Vertical Line button.

209

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 216: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Enter the value shown below. (Z = -4.9)

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the two lines shown. (Z = -4.9, Xd = 2.8)

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

210

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 217: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Horizontal Line button.

• Enter the value shown below. (Xd = 0.8)

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the lines shown. (Z = -4.9 Xd = 0.8)

• Click on the Single Point button.

211

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 218: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = -2.6, Xd = 0.8)

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Point-Angle button.

• Select the point you just created. (Z = -2.6, Xd = 0.8)

• Enter the angle value shown below. (A = 45)

• Click on the Single Line button.

212

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 219: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

We will now connect the lines through the point at Z = -2.6, Xd =0.8.

• Select the point. Then, with the shift key depressed, select the lines that intersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click off the part geometry.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Enter the value shown below. (Xd = 1.4)

213

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 220: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the two lines shown. (Xd = 1.4 and angled line)

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

214

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 221: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Enter the values shown below. (Z = -1.1, Xd = 1.4)

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Select the line shown. (Xd = 1.6)

• Select Duplicate under the Modify menu

A yellow, horizontal line will appear on the screen at the same Xdlocation as the connected line we selected. The duplicate line will bedrawn over the original line, and will not affect the original line.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Select the point shown. (Z = -1.1, Xd = 1.4)

Because the line is already selected as a result of the duplicatingprocess, you do not need to select it again.

• Enter the value shown below. (R = 0.2)

215

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 222: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Single Circle button.

• Select the right circle as shown.

• Click on the OK button.

The circle selected will be drawn and a connector point will be creat-ed between the circle and the line at Xd = 1.4. When features arecreated tangent to each other, the system will always try to createconnector points if possible.

Now, we will manually connect the line and circle through the pointat Z = -1.1, Xd = 1.4.

• Select the point. Then, with the shift key depressed, select the line andcircle that intersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click off the part geometry.

216

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 223: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

The arc will trim because it has two connector points.

Finally, we will connect the lines through the first point made at Z =0, Xd = 1.6.

• Select the point. Then, with the shift key depressed, select the lines thatintersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

• Click off the part geometry.

Now we will create the fillets and chamfer specified on the print.

• With the shift key depressed, select the 4 points that require 0.2" fillets,as shown.

• Click on the Fillet-Chamfer button in the Geometry Creation palette.

The Fillet-Chamfer button can only be used when a point(s) is select-ed. Further, unless the points selected are connectors, the Fillet-Chamfer selections will have no effect.

217

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 224: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Fillet button.

• Enter the radius value shown below. (Radius = 0.2)

• Click on the Single Circle button.

• With the shift key depressed, select the 2 points of the O-ring thatrequire 0.015" fillets, as shown.

• Click on the Fillet-Chamfer button in the Geometry Creation palette.

• Click on the Fillet button.

• Enter the radius value shown below. (Radius = 0.015)

Now, we will create the final chamfer.

• Select the point shown. (Z = 0, Xd = 2.25)

• Click on the Fillet-Chamfer button.

• Click on the Chamfer-Side button.

218

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 225: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Enter the side value shown below. (Side = 0.2)

• Click on the Single Line button.

The geometry for this part has now been completed. Make sure thatyou save this on your computer somewhere it can be easily accessed.We will machine this part in the tutorial in the Lathe module manual.

EXERCISE # 4:SHUTTLERefer to Part Print # 3 for this exercise.

• Create a new lathe part.

Make sure that the Radius option is selected for the X Dimensionstyle.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

219

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 226: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Click on the Centerpoint-Radius button.

• Select the point just created.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Line button.

220

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 227: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Horizontal Line button.

• Enter the value shown below.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the line and circle as shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

The two possible points of intersection between the selected line andcircle will be drawn and the dialog, shown below, will come up onthe screen asking the user to select the desired features.

• Select the right point as shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit enter.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below. Notice thepoint created is a blue square indicating a connector point.

221

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 228: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Vertical Line button.

• Enter the value shown below.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the two lines as shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

222

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 229: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Again the point created is a connector point and the horizontal linetrims and becomes blue because it now has two connectors.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

The Multiple Points button will create the desired point and allowthe user to continue creating points using the same method, in thiscase, by entering coordinates.

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Zoom in on the area shown by dragging a square with the mouse.

Because some of the points are very close together, we will zoom inon the area. Enlarging the area on the screen will make the neces-sary geometry selections much easier.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Click on the Centerpoint-Radius button.

223

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 230: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Select the uppermost point as shown.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Select the circle and point shown.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Select the bottom line shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit enter.

The point created between the line and the circle is a connectorpoint. However, the point that was used to create the line remains aplain yellow point. We will need to manually connect that point sothat the shape is connected.

• Select the point shown. Then with the shift key depressed, select the lines that intersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

The point becomes a connector point, drawn as a blue square and the

224

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 231: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

lines that intersect at the point are now trimmed and blue.Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the Unzoom option from the View menu.

This will return the drawing on the screen to the standard size. Youcan also perform an unzoom by clicking on the Unzoom button inthe View Control palette or using the keyboard shortcuts. Refer tothe Shortcuts information card for more information.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Tangent-Angle button.

• Select the circle shown.

• Enter the angle value shown below.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Select the bottom line as shown.

225

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 232: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the OK button or hit enter.

In order to create the next point with the information provided on theblueprint, we will need to create a horizontal line to find the intersec-tion point.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Click on the Horizontal Line button and enter the value shown below.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Select the two lines as shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

The point created is a connector point and the angled line is trimmed.

• Select the horizontal line as shown.

• Delete this line by clicking on the wastecan.

The point will change to a plain point, and the angled line willchange to yellow and become untrimmed.

226

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 233: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter the coordinate values shown below.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Point-Angle button.

• Select the point just created as shown.

227

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 234: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Enter the angle value shown below.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Zoom in on the area in the upper left corner of the screen as shown.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Select the angled line just created and the point shown. (Make sure youdo not select the point at Z -3, Xr 2. You want to select the lower point).

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

• Select the upper left circle as shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit the enter key.

One of the points created is a connector point. We will need to man-ually connect the other plain point.

228

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 235: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Select the plain point shown. Then with the Shift key depressed select theline and circle that intersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

The point will become a connector point and the line and circleshould trim and become blue.

• Unzoom.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click off the part geometry.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button

• Click on the Vertical Line button and enter the value shown below.

229

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 236: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Select the point shown. Then with the shift key depressed, select the twolines that intersect at that point.

• Click on the Connect-Disconnect button.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel to Axis button.

• Select the Horizontal Line button and enter the value shown below.

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Click on the Point button.

230

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 237: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Select the two lines as shown.

• Click on the Multiple Points button.

• Select the line and circle as shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Select the right point at the origin as shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit the enter key.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

231

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 238: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

The geometry for the part is now complete and fully connected. Ifyou have not already done so, you should create this part usingGeometry Expert as outlined in Exercise #3 in the Geometry ExpertExercises Chapter, to note the differences in geometry creation usingthe two methods.

EXERCISE #5:TEXT CREATIONIn this example, we will create text on a part. Only geometry cre-ation will be covered in this example. For an exercise on engravingtext, refer to the Mill Module Manual.

• Create a new part with the following stock specifications: X+ = 4,X- = -4, Y+ = 3, Y- = -3, Z = 0, Z- = -1.

• Open the Geometry Creation Palette and click on the Auto-shape Button.

• Click on the Text Creation Button. This will bring up the Text CreationDialog.

• Enter the information shown on the following page in the Text CreationDialog.

The font pop-up menu should contain all TrueType fonts available onthe system. The font called Moorpark is a TrueType font created byGibbs and Associates that is shipped with each order.

• Click on the Process button at the bottom of the dialog.

The text will be drawn in the lower right hand corner of the screen asshown below.

232

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 239: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

• Turn off the Draw Points item under the View menu.

This will make the text easier to read. The lines on the screen aredrawn at X = -0.75 and Y = -2 to illustrate the text alignment accord-ing to the align point and the position selected on the AlignmentDiagram. The text starts in the upper left corner of the rectangulartext area.

• Select Undo from the Edit menu to erase the text.

• Click on the Spacing tab in the Text Creation Dialog to switch to theSpacing tab window. Enter 0.1 for the tracking amount (space) betweencharacters, 0.25 for the tracking amount (space) between words and 0.25for the spacing between lines of text.

Remember when you enter positive numbers for spacing the amountsare added to the normal spacing used by the system. Negative num-bers can also be used to reduce the amount of space between charac-ters, words or lines.

• Click on the Text tab. Click on the Center Justified button, enter the align-ment point and select the center position on the Alignment Diagram, asshown below.

233

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 240: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Process button to create the text.

The text should appear as it does below. Again, lines are drawn atX = -.2 and Y = -2. The text is positioned in the center of the textarea and is centered according to the longest line of text.

• Delete the text by either selecting Undo from the Edit menu or selectingall the geometry and clicking on the wastecan.

The delete or backspace key may not work to delete the geometrywhile the Text Creation Dialog is open because using the key willattempt to delete items in the dialog.

Now we will create vertical text.

• Click on the Text Flow tab to access the Text Flow Window. Click on thebuttons shown below.

These selections will make vertical text where the characters flowfrom top to bottom in a straight line, and the lines of text flow from

234

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 241: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

left to right.

• Click on the Spacing tab and enter the values shown below.

• Click on the Text tab and enter the information shown below. Click on theProcess button to create the text.

The text should appear on your screen as shown below. The text isaligned in the upper right corner of the text area as specified by theAlignment Diagram.

• Delete the text.

Now we will create text on an arc.

235

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 242: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

• Click on the Text Flow tab. Click on the buttons shown below.

These selections will create text along an arc in a clockwise direc-tion; characters flowing from left to right, lines flowing from top tobottom.

• Click on the Spacing tab and enter the values shown below.

• Click on the Text tab. Enter 0.35 for the text size and select center justifi-cation.

Notice the Alignment Diagram is different and a radius and anglevalue must be entered. The Radius specifies the size of the arc andthe Angle specifies the position on the arc that the text will begin. Also, a center point for the arc must be entered rather than analignment point.

• Enter the radius and angle values and select the location on the AlignmentDiagram as shown below.

The text should appear as shown below. The circle and line aredrawn to illustrate the radial text area specified with the Angle,Radius and Center Pt. values entered. The text is positioned along the outside of the circle and is positioned along the center ofthe line specified by the angle.

236

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 243: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

EXERCISE #6:OVERLAPPING FEATURESConnections link two features (lines and/or circles) together at aknown point. This point is called a connector point. This connectioncapability allows the system to create contours to be machined. Agood understanding of connections and connector points is necessaryto become proficient with the system. While connecting a shape issimple process, this exercise details how to create a connected shapewhen individual features overlap one another.

Below is a simple shape. It consists of six circles and no lines.

There are three .5" radius circles and three 2.0" radius circles. Inthe system, each circle (or line) only exists between its two connec-tion points. While the three 2.0" circles have the same centerpointand radius, they are still three separate circles in the system. Most importantly, each of the three 2.0" circles must be fully con-nected (have two connector points) before the next 2.0" circle can bedrawn. (The following pictures have the Labels function of the sys-tem turned on in order to make things more clear. This is for demon-stration purposes only).

237

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 244: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

Launch the software, set up the program name and stock size.Create P1 (point 1) at X0Y0. Use the Bolt Circle button to create theother three points on a two inch radius.

Create three .5 circles around P2, P3, and P4.

Create one 2.0 radius circle around P1.

C4 is one of the three 2.0 radius circles needed. Putting two morecircles on top of C4 makes it difficult to tell which one you are click-ing on. The best approach for all shapes, is to work around the shapein a specific direction (CW or CCW), adding features and connec-tions as you go. In this example, you can use C4 as any one of thethree circle segments (or arcs). The key idea is to fully connect C4before adding another 2.0 circle to the workgroup. Starting with C1,at the top, we’ll proceed CW around the shape.

238

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 245: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

Let’s put C4 between C1 and C2. Use the Point button to find theintersection between C4 and C1. Select the point shown below.

P5 is the connection point between C1 and C4. Now connect C4 toC2. Use the Point button again.

Since we are putting C4 between C1 and C2, select the point shownbelow.

239

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 246: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

The new point is P6. It connects C4 to C2. It is the second connec-tion for C4. No feature may have more than two connections. Nowthat C4 is fully connected, you can add the next 2.0 radius circle.

240

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 247: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

C5 is a full circle, has no connections, and it completely overlaps C4,which has two connections. If you click on C5 where it overlaps C4,only C4 will be selected and highlighted. This is because the systemselects the oldest numbered feature from your last mouse click. Ifyou click on C5 where it does not overlap C4, C5 will be selectedand highlighted, as a full circle. To continue creating this shape in aCW direction, you want to connect C5 to C2. Use the Point buttonagain to perform this task.

P7 is the connection point between C2 and C5. It is the second con-nection for C2. Now use the point button to connect C5 to C3.

P8 connects C3 to C5. This is the second connection for C5. As youcan see, the picture is unclear. When a circle side is selected, thesystem erases the full circle, and redraws only the circle side youselect. In this case, when it erased the full circle C5, it also erasedC4 because they overlapped.

241

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 248: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

To clean up the unclear picture, click on the Redraw button.

You can use the Redraw button as much or as little as you please inall your drawings.

Now you need to add the third 2.0 radius circle.

242

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 249: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 F r e e F o r m C A D �

C6 is the final circle. As you can see, the system put the label for C6too close to the label for C5. As we connect C6 to C3 and C1, theproblem will correct itself. Remember that you do not normally pro-gram with the Labels feature enabled. Now connect C6 to C3.

P9 connects C6 to C3. Now connect C6 to C1.

243

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 250: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

P10 connects C6 to C1. Now you are finished with the shape. TurnLabels off for a clearer view.

Remember that the directions and methods used in the system to cre-ate a shape, have no effect on how you machine the shape. You canstart the cut anywhere, stop the cut anywhere, and cut in any direc-tion you choose. The tool can cut outside, inside, or on the shape.You can also use almost any size tool. Following a shape in a specif-ic direction (CW or CCW), creating and connecting features as yougo, is always a good idea to help reduce confusion and allow forconnections at the earliest possible point.

244

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 251: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

245

CHAPTER 7 : Combination ExercisesThe exercises contained in this chapter use both Geometry

Expert and the free form CAD tools to create part geometry. The firstexercise demonstrates the loading of any shape into the GeometryExpert spreadsheet.

In the first exercise, we have chosen a particular part to load, but youcan select any shape contained in a part file, regardless of how it wascreated, to load into the Geometry Expert spreadsheet. In the secondexercise, we will create the Mill Tutorial part using primarilyGeometry Expert, but we will need to use the free form CAD tools tocreate some construction geometry. Exercise #3 is a more advancedexample, and should be done once you feel comfortable with bothGeometry Expert and free form CAD.

EXERCISE #1:LOADING SHAPESIn part A of this exercise, we will load the Mill Tutorial part. If youdid not create the Mill Tutorial part, the Lathe Tutorial part is loadedin part B of this exercise.

A. MILL TUTORIALIn this exercise, we will reload the Mill Tutorial part that was createdin Exercise #2 in the Free Form CAD Exercises Chapter. Onceloaded in the Geometry Expert spreadsheet, we will adjust thedimensions of the shape. This will demonstrate the associative capa-bilities of Geometry Expert.

• Launch the system.

• Open the Mill Tutorial part.

Under the File menu there is an Open item which allowsthe user to open part files from within the system. WhenOpen is selected, the Open dialog will appear on thescreen. This dialog allows the user to select part files tobe opened and gives information about the part that isselected. There are additional methods for opening partfiles depending on the platform being used. Refer to theOperating Systems Appendix for other ways to open files.FANUC PLC Parts

Page 252: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

246

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Before changes are made to the part, we will make a copy of the file.Because we are going to use this part geometry for the machiningtutorial in the Mill module manual, we need to keep a file that willnot be changed. It’s always a good idea to make duplicates of yourpart files for backup purposes.

• Select the Save a Copy option under the File menu.

The dialog shown below will come up on the screen. This dialogallows you to name the file and choose the location where the filewill be saved.

The File Name text box will contain some variation of the name ofthe current file.

On Macintosh, Windows NT and Windows 95 systems, theword “copy” will be added after the original file name.

• Click on the Save button.

Once the part geometry is displayed on the screen, it can be loadedinto the Geometry Expert spreadsheet.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

• Click on the Geometry Expert button.

The Geometry Expert spreadsheet will come up on the screen.

• Double click on the outside wall of the shape on the feature shown.

OS

Page 253: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

247

Notice that when you double click on the shape, the rows of thespreadsheet become filled with feature information. If the shapebeing loaded was created (or edited) using Geometry Expert, theshape will load into the spreadsheet with the same first and last fea-ture as when it was last contained in the Geometry Expert spread-sheet, regardless of what feature is selected to load the shape.

If the shape was imported or created with the free form CAD tools,Geometry Expert will attempt to use the feature selected to load theshape as the first feature. The first feature in the spreadsheet must becompletely defined. If the feature selected to load the shape is notfully defined, Geometry Expert will start with the first fully definedfeature after the feature that was selected.

Each feature will be on a separate row of the spreadsheet, with theappropriate dimensions. Geometry Expert attempts to enter theinformation that was originally used to define the features in thespreadsheet.

In this example, the spreadsheet does not contain the features thatmake the boss because that is not part of the connected shape thatwas selected.

The spreadsheet shown below is extended so that all the rows can beseen. You may not have room on your screen to view the spread-sheet like this. Instead use the scroll bar and arrows to view therows.

Any shape can be loaded in the Geometry Expert spread-sheet, whether it was created using the free form CADtools, Geometry Expert, or an imported IGES or DXF file.To load an existing shape into Geometry Expert, simplydouble click on any feature of the shape while the spread-sheet is open on the screen. The features of the connect-ed shape will be loaded into the spreadsheet. Only fea-tures that are part of the connected shape that is selectedwill be loaded.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 254: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

248

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

• Click in the first row of the spreadsheet.

You may need to scroll up to the first row, if your spreadsheet is areduced size.

If you selected the correct feature to load the shape, the first rowshould define a counter-clockwise arc with a radius of 2 and a cen-terpoint of 0,0.

• Change the radius of the circle to 3.

When you select the row, the feature that is defined by that row willbe selected on the screen.

• Hit the enter or return key.

When you enter the row, the part geometry drawn on the screenshould change according to the new dimensions entered.

CurrentRow

Page 255: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

249

.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

The features that are connected to the arc that we changed are bothdependent on the arc in that they were created tangent to the arc.Notice that these features adjust as necessary with the new dimen-sions and stay connected with the shape.

• Click on the line as shown.

Notice that the row in the spreadsheet that defines the feature select-ed is now the current row. You can either select the row, which inturn will select the feature it defines, or select the feature which willselect the row. Either method allows for the shape to quickly andeasily be edited.

• Change the angle value as shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 256: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

250

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

The feature changes according to the new dimension entered.

Your screen should now look like the picture shown below.

Both of the changes we have made here have maintained the conti-nuity of the shape. In other words, the system could make theadjustments without breaking the shape. Shapes are broken whenconcurrent features do not have any points of intersection or tan-gency. When this is the case, Geometry Expert produces error mes-sages to indicate that the previous features can not connect to thecurrent feature.

• Click on the arc shown below.

• Change the radius value as shown below. Enter the row.

When you attempt to enter the row, an error message will come up inthe spreadsheet indicating that the previous feature cannot intersect.

The arc will be re-drawn with the new radius value even though itcannot connect. Notice that it is now drawn in yellow, indicatingthat it is not a connected feature.

CurrentRow

Page 257: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

251

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Change the radius back to its original value (Rad = 0.5 ).

The shape will become re-connected and will again be drawn entire-ly in blue, indicating a connected shape.

Any shape contained in a part file can be loaded into the GeometryExpert spreadsheet. Once in the spreadsheet, the part dimensionscan easily be checked and changed. As changes are being made,Geometry Expert will make the necessary adjustments to the shape,maintaining all connections. If that is not possible the system willproduce error messages to alert the user.

B. LATHE TUTORIALIn this exercise, we will reload the Lathe Tutorial part that was creat-ed in Exercise #3 in the Free Form CAD Exercises. Once loaded inthe Geometry Expert spreadsheet, we will adjust the dimensions ofthe shape.

• Launch the system.

• Open the Lathe Tutorial part.

Under the File menu there is an Open item which allowsthe user to open part files from within the system. WhenOpen is selected, the Open dialog will appear on thescreen. This dialog allows the user to select part files tobe opened and gives information about the part that isselected. There are additional methods for opening partfiles depending on the operating system. Refer to theOperating Systems Appendix for additional information.FANUC PLC Parts

Page 258: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

252

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Before changes are made to the part we will make a copy of the file.Because we are going to use this part geometry for the machiningtutorial in the Mill module manual, we need to keep a file that willnot be changed. Anytime you are going to edit a file it is a goodidea to make a duplicate copy so that you always have backups foryour part files.

• Select the Save a Copy option under the File menu

The dialog shown below will come up on the screen. This dialogallows you to name the file and choose the location where the filewill be saved.

The File Name text box will contain some variation of the name ofthe current file.

On Macintosh, Windows NT and Windows 95 systems, theword “copy” will be added after the original file name.

• Click on the Save button.

Once the file is open and the part geometry is drawn on the screen, itcan be loaded into the Geometry Expert spreadsheet.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

• Click on the Geometry Expert button.

The Geometry Expert spreadsheet will come up on the screen.

OS

Page 259: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

253

• Double click on the line shown.

Notice that when you double click on the shape, the rows of thespreadsheet become filled with feature information. If the shapebeing loaded was created using Geometry Expert, the shape will loadinto the spreadsheet with the same first and last feature as when itwas created (or edited), regardless of what feature is selected to loadthe shape.

If the shape was imported or created with the free form CAD tools,Geometry Expert will attempt to use the feature selected to load theshape as the first feature. The first feature in the spreadsheet must becompletely defined. If the feature selected to load the shape is notfully defined, Geometry Expert will go to the first fully defined fea-ture and load the shape from there.

Each feature will be on a separate row of the spreadsheet, with theappropriate dimensions. Geometry Expert attempts to enter theinformation that was originally used to define the features.

• Use the scroll bar to scroll up to the beginning of the spreadsheet.

• Click in the first row of the spreadsheet

If you loaded the shape by selecting the feature shown, the first rowshould define a 270° line with a LP Z of -4.9.

Any shape can be loaded in the Geometry Expert spread-sheet, whether it was created using the free form CADtools, Geometry Expert, or an imported IGES or DXF file.To load an existing shape into Geometry Expert, simplydouble click on any feature of the shape while the spread-sheet is open on the screen. The features of the connect-ed shape will be loaded into the spreadsheet. Only fea-tures that are part of the connected shape that is selectedwill be loaded.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 260: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

254

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

• Change the line point of the line to -4.25.

• Hit the enter or return key.

When you enter the row, the part geometry drawn on the screen willchange according to the new dimensions entered.

The line that we changed is now drawn according to the new valuesentered, and the lines that are connected to that line also change tomaintain the proper connections.

• Select the arc shown.

Notice that the row in the spreadsheet that defines the feature select-ed is now the current row. You can either select the row, which inturn will select the feature it defines, or select the feature which willselect the row. Either method allows for the shape to quickly andeasily be changed.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 261: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

255

• Change the radius value as shown below.

• Hit the enter or return key.

Again, the shape will change to the new dimensions entered.

Both of the changes we have made have maintained the continuity ofthe shape. In other words, the system could make the adjustmentswithout breaking the shape. Shapes are broken when concurrent fea-tures do not have any points of intersection or tangency. When thisis the case, Geometry Expert produces error messages to indicate thatthe preceding and/or following features can not be connected.

• Click on the arc shown.

• Change the radius value as shown below. Enter the row.

When you attempt to enter the row, an error message will come up inthe spreadsheet indicating that the previous feature cannot intersect.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 262: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

256

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

The arc will be re-drawn with the new radius value even though itcannot connect. Notice that it is now drawn in yellow, indicatingthat it is not a connected feature.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Change the radius back to its original value (Rad = 0.2 ).

The shape will become re-connected and will again be drawn entire-ly in blue, indicating a connected shape.

Any shape contained in a part file can be loaded into the GeometryExpert spreadsheet. Once in the spreadsheet, part dimensions caneasily be checked and changed. As changes are being made,Geometry Expert will make the necessary adjustments to the shape,maintaining all connections. If that is not possible, the system willproduce error messages to alert the user that the shape is no longerconnected.

Page 263: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

257

EXERCISE #2:MILL TUTORIALRefer to Part Print #6 : Mill Tutorial for this exercise.

• Create a new mill part.

• Enter the stock values shown below.

• Close the Document Control dialog.

• Click on the Geometry Creation button in the Top Level palette.

• Click on the Geometry Expert button.

In this exercise it will be very important that the direction of thelines and the circles that we create follow the path of the shape cor-rectly. We will start with the 0.5 radius circle in the upper right cor-ner and proceed around the part in a counter-clockwise direction.Make sure that you pay close attention to the feature type selectionsmade and the values entered.

• Select the Counter-Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the radius and cen-terpoint values shown below.

• Hit the return or enter key.

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 264: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

258

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

The circle will be drawn on the screen because it is fully defined.The first feature in the spreadsheet must be fully defined.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

The only information provided on the part print about the next line isthat it is tangent to the circles it is connected to.

• Delete the angle value in the second row so that it contains no information other than the Line feature type. Enter the row.

As the prompt indicates, this line will be created tangent to the previ-ous and following circles. It will not be drawn on the screen untilthe following feature is created. This is an example of a floatingline.

The feature type for the next row will default to an arc because theprevious line had no information entered. In order for the system tocalculate the correct location for the floating line, the following fea-ture must be an arc. However, the default is the clockwise arc fea-ture type and we need a counter clockwise arc. To figure out the cor-rect directions for the arcs, visualize walking around the part anddrawing the features as they are encountered along the path of theshape.

CurrentRow

Page 265: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

259

• Select the Counter-Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the angle and cen-terpoint values shown below. Enter the row.

Both the circle and the line will be drawn on the screen.

• Select the Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the radius value shownbelow. Enter the row.

This circle is another example of a floating feature because it isdependent on the following feature. This arc will be drawn on thescreen when we create the following circle by using the tangencypoint.

• Select the Counter-Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the radius and cen-terpoint values shown below. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 266: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

260

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

A centerpoint must be entered for this circle because the precedingfeature is a floating arc and depends on this circle for its creation.Therefore, this feature must be fully defined.

At this point we need to use the free form CAD tools to create thenext line because construction geometry is required. We will createthe geometry necessary using free form CAD, and then reload theshape into the Geometry Expert spreadsheet to complete the shape.

• Close the Geometry Expert spreadsheet by clicking in the close box in theupper left hand corner.

• Click on the Point button in the Geometry Creation palette.

The Point sub-palette will come up on the screen.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter the coordinates shown below.

Page 267: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

261

• Click on the Single Point button.

Clicking on the Single Point button will draw the point on the screenand return you to the main Geometry Creation palette.

• Click on the Circle button.

• Click on the Centerpoint-Radius button.

• Select the point just created as shown.

• Enter the radius value shown below.

• Click on the Single Circle button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the Centerpoint button.

This option creates a point at the center of a selected circle.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 268: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

262

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

• Select the circle shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Line button.

• Select the point and circle as shown.

• Click on the Single Line button.

All lines that go through the selected point and are tangent to theselected circle will be drawn on the screen . The dialog, shownbelow, will appear on the screen, which asks the user to select any orall of the possible features that are drawn to be incorporated into theshape.

• Select the line shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit enter.

Page 269: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

263

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Click on the Line button.

• Click on the Parallel Line button.

• Select the line just created as shown.

• Enter the distance value shown below. (D = .15 )

• Click on the Single Line button.

• Select the left line as shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit enter.

• Click on the Point button.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 270: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

264

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

• Select the line and circle as shown.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Select the bottom point as shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit enter.

• Double click on the line shown.

By double clicking on a feature, all features that are connected to thefeature clicked on will become selected.

• Click on the wastecan in the bottom right corner of the screen.

This will delete the features that are selected. Your screen shouldlook like the picture shown below.

Now we will load the shape back into the Geometry Expert spread-sheet to create the remaining features.

Page 271: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

265

• Click on the Geometry Expert button to bring the spreadsheet back up onthe screen.

• Double click on any feature of the shape to load it into the spreadsheet.

Because this shape created using Geometry Expert, it will bereloaded in the same order as when it was created.

The spreadsheet will contain all of the features of the shape as shownbelow.

The line we just created will be the last feature in the spreadsheet.The system will enter the dimensions for the line.

• Select the Counter-Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the radius and cen-terpoint values shown below. Enter the row.

• Delete the angle in the row.

This is another example of a floating line with no information otherthan the feature type. This line will be drawn when we create thefollowing circle.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 272: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

266

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

• Select the Counter-Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the radius and cen-terpoint values shown below. Enter the row.

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Select the Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the radius value shownbelow. Enter the row.

• Select the Counter-Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the radius and cen-terpoint values shown below. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

Page 273: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

267

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Enter the angle and the line point value shown below. Enter the row.

• Select the top point as shown.

• Click on the OK button or hit enter.

• Select the Clockwise Arc feature type. Enter the radius value shownbelow. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 274: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

268

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

• Select the Close Shape feature type.

The outside wall of the shape is complete and should look like thepicture shown below.

In order to create the center boss, we will need to close GeometryExpert and start a new shape because the boss is not connected to theoutside wall of the shape. The boss will also be created using a com-bination of free form CAD and Geometry Expert.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the XYZ button.

• Enter the coordinates shown below.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Point button.

• Click on the Polar Point button.

Page 275: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

269

• Select the point at the origin.

• Enter the angle and distance values shown below.

• Click on the Single Point button.

• Click on the Geometry Expert button.

• Select the Clockwise Arc feature type and enter the radius and centerpointvalues shown below. Enter the row.

• Delete the angle of the row. Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 276: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

270

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

We will enter the coordinates of the centerpoint of the next arc byusing a keyboard shortcut. If you click on a feature or point whileholding down the Alt or Control key (depending on the selectionmade for Shortcut preferences) on or NT systems or the Commandkey on Macintosh systems, the appropriate value for the active cellwill be entered in the spreadsheet.

• Enter the radius value shown below. Move to the LP/CP X cell, so that itis the active cell.

• While holding down the appropriate modifier key, click on the pointshown.

On Windows NT and Windows 95/98 systems, hold downthe Control key while selecting the point. The modifier keyused depends on the setting selected for the Interface

Preference. If the Control key does not work, use the Alt key andcheck the Interface Preference. On Macintosh systems, hold downthe Command key while selecting the point.

The X coordinate for that point will be entered in the spreadsheet.

• Move to the LP/CP Y cell so that it is the active cell. Enter the Y coordi-nate of the centerpoint by clicking on the point again while holding down theappropriate modifier key for your operating system.

• Enter the row.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

OS

CurrentRow

Page 277: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

271

Your screen should look like the picture shown below.

• Delete the angle of the next row.

• Select the Close Shape feature type.

Your finished part geometry should look like the picture shownbelow.

If you haven't already created and saved the geometry for this part,make sure you save this somewhere it can be easily accessed. Wewill machine this part in the tutorial of the Mill module manual.

CurrentRow

CurrentRow

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 278: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

272

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

EXERCISE #3:GEAR HOUSINGThis is a rather complex part as far as geometry creation is con-cerned. You should only do this exercise after you have completedexercises in both the Geometry Expert and Free Form CAD chapters.Step-by-step instructions will not be provided in this exercise.Instead, some very general guidelines will be outlined, and problemareas will be highlighted and discussed.

This part provides a good example for determining when GeometryExpert or free form CAD should be used to create certain shapesdepending on how the blueprint is dimensioned. This exercise alsohighlights the differences between arcs and fillets and the issuesinvolved with forward tangencies in Geometry Expert. It may be agood idea to read or reread the reference section in the GeometryExpert section of the Geometry Creation Chapter regarding arcs andfillets.

Refer to Part Print #7 : Gear Housing for this exercise. This part printhas four areas that are circled and labeled. These are the particularlydifficult areas that will be highlighted in this exercise.

This part is primarily composed of three closed shapes--the outsidewall and two inside pockets.

Page 279: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

273

The outside wall, shown below, can be created most efficiently usingGeometry Expert. The entire outside shape can be created withGeometry Expert, except for one point that must be created using thefree form CAD tools. The centerpoint for one of the outside arcsmust be created in CAD, and then the dimensions of that point canbe entered into the spreadsheet.

A combination of Geometry Expert and free form CAD is the bestmethod for creating the larger inside pocket, shown below. The linelabeled D must be created in CAD because it is defined as being tan-gent to a circle that is not part of the closed shape that contains lineD.

The smaller inside pocket, shown below, is best created using onlythe free form CAD tools because most of the features that composethis shape are dimensioned with construction geometry.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 280: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

274

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

For the outside shape, you should begin with the designated StartFeature (1.466" R arc), and proceed around the shape in a clockwisedirection. In this exercise, it will be very important to read theprompting information, and also to make sure that the directions ofthe arcs and lines are correct. Remember, line direction is indicatedby the angle value.

Area A is highlighted as a difficult section because this portion ofgeometry requires that a floating line (line only defined with anangle) be tangent to the following feature, but not the previous fea-ture. This is an example of a forward tangency.

After creating the first arc, the second feature (0.2" radius) must becreated as a counter-clockwise arc rather than a fillet. A fillet cannotbe used in this case because the system cannot calculate the filletuntil the intersection between the preceding arc and following line iscomplete. A fillet is created by taking a sharp point produced by theintersection of two features and changing it into a radius. The filletis completely dependent on the two intersecting features and cannotbe used to calculate any other features in the spreadsheet.

However, there is not enough information to create that intersectionwithout the connecting arc because we only know the angle value ofthe following line. Therefore, the 0.2" radius must be defined as anarc so that the following line has the necessary tangency points forits calculation. An arc with only a radius value will be created tan-gent to the preceding and following features. These two features donot have to intersect, and the arc with a radius value can be used tocalculate following features. If there was no radius between the firstarc and the floating line, it would be necessary to enter an arc with aradius of 0 in the spreadsheet, in order for the system to correctlycalculate the tangency of the following line.

1.466 R

.187 DIA (TYP) 6 PLACES

37.5¡

75¡

Start Feature.200 R (TYP)

'A'

Page 281: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 C o m b i n a t i o n E x e r c i s e s �

275

Area B is highlighted because the centerpoint for the arc must be cal-culated using the free form CAD tools and then entered into thespreadsheet.

The only information that we have on that point is that it is rotated60° to the right of the centerpoint of the top circle. Therefore, wewill need to create this point using the items available under theModify menu.

The options in the Modify menu are only available when working infree form CAD. The menu is grayed out when the Geometry Expertspreadsheet is open. The Duplicate And... option will allow you toduplicate a selected feature or point, and perform another functionavailable in the Modify menu. In this case, we will duplicate thepoint and rotate it using the 2D Rotate item. (In order to draw thecenterpoint of the top circle on the screen, you will need to use theCenterpoint button in the Point sub-palette).

After creating the necessary point, open Geometry Expert and loadthe shape back into the spreadsheet. The coordinates of the point canbe entered into the spreadsheet as the centerpoint of the arc by usinga shortcut.

If you click on a feature or point while holding down theAlt or Control key (depending on the selection made forShortcut preferences) on Windows NT and Windows 95/98

systems or the Command key on Macintosh systems, the appropriatevalue for the active cell will be entered in the spreadsheet. Exercise#2 in this chapter provides a more detailed explanation of this short-cut.

Any feature dimensions, (angles, radii, point coordinates) can beentered in the spreadsheet in this manner. Refer to the Shortcutsinformation card for more details.

OS

30¡

'B'

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 282: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

276

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Areas C and D are interrelated in that the line designated in area Dmust be tangent to the arc in area C.

It is recommended that the larger inside pocket of which line D is acomponent, be created using a combination of Geometry Expert andfree form CAD. The reason the entire shape cannot be created usingGeometry Expert is that line D is dimensioned as being tangent to anarc that is not part of its shape, the circle contained in area C. It willbe best to start creating the shape in Geometry Expert starting withthe 1.340 R arc, and proceeding around in a clockwise direction.When you get to the line D you will need to close the spreadsheetand use the free form CAD tools.

'D'

'C'

.500

Page 283: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 O p e r a t i n g S y s t e m s �

277

APPENDIX 1 : O p e r a t i n g S y s t e m sLAUNCHING THE SYSTEM

The method for launching the system is different depending on the operating system.

MACINTOSH1. Double-click on the GibbsCAM vXX.XX icon.2. Double-click on an icon for a GibbsCAM document.*3. Drag a GibbsCAM Mill document icon on top of the GibbsCAM vXX.XX icon.**These methods will launch GibbsCAM Mill and automatically open the document.

WINDOWS 95 /98/NT1. Double-click on the GibbsCAM vXX.XX icon.2. Select GibbsCAM from the Programs submenu in the Start menu.

OPERATING SYSTEMS GLOSSARYThe Windows NT®, Windows 95®, Windows 98® and MacOS® operating systems use differ-

ent terminology for certain common items. A short list has been provided to help eliminate possibleconfusion.

EQUIVALENT TERMSfile = document

program = applicationdirectory = folder

backspace key (not delete or del) = delete key (not del)

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 284: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

278

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

F ILE COMPATIBIL ITYPart files can be moved back and forth between Macintosh, Windows NT and Windows 95/98

systems. The Preview function (in the Open dialog) provides information regarding the status of theselected file. An old format data file will say "Preview not compatible" in the picture window. Theremay also be descriptive text at the bottom near the comment and stock dimensions. Updatingrequires that the document be opened and saved in its native format (the platform it was created on.)Once updated, Macintosh data files may be moved to a Windows systems, and vice-versa. Whenpreviewing a Windows file on a Macintosh, the background of the preview picture is white (asopposed to the normal black). Once Opened and Saved, it will look like all other Macintosh files.The same is true on the Windows side, when dealing with Mac files.

The actual moving of files between Macintosh and Windows computers can be accomplishedusing one of several programs available. These include PC Exchange from Apple, Apple FileExchange, Access PC, and DOS Mounter. Refer to the documentation for these products for instruc-tions on how to facilitate the transfer. However, regardless of which package is used, be sure to dothe following things depending on the operating system.

When transferring a Windows file to a Macintosh computer, change the file type to .vncand the creator to CATL.

PC Exchange® from Apple is strongly recommended for any Macintosh being used to exchangepart files with a DOS machine. It automates the floppy transfer process nicely.

STANDARD F ILE EXTENSIONSThere are several different files that the system uses/creates. GibbsCAM .VNCPost Processor .PSTPosted Output (Text File) .NCF*IGES .IGS*DXF .DXF*Point List .PTS*

Windows MacintoshWorkgroup Summary W.TXT .WGSTool List Summary T.TXT .TLSOperations List Summary O.TXT .OPS

Macro .MAC

* These are the default extension. They can be changed by selecting File Extensions from thePreferences sub-menu of the File menu.

OS

OS

Page 285: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 O p e r a t i n g S y s t e m s �

279

POST PROCESSOR FORMATSThe file names for Post Processors are different on Macintosh and WindowsNT/Windows 9x

systems, due to naming convention restrictions. However, regardless of the operating system, whenselecting a post processor in the Post Processor dialog, the full processor name, including the con-trol and machine, will be displayed in the post processor selection dialog. The following shows theinformation contained in the names of the different files.

Macintosh: Control Machine LXXX.YY.ZWindows NT: LXXX_YYZ. PSTWindows 95: LXXX_YYZ. PST

XXX = Model number of the Post Processor.YY = Version number of the Post Processor.Z = Revision code of the Post Processor. On Mac this will be a number. On MS-DOS this will be aletter.

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 286: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

7.25

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

7.5

3.25

1.5

x3

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.0

3.0

3.75

PA

RT

PR

INT

#1

: SH

AFT

280

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 287: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

2.250

7.000

6.250

4.750

4.250

2.750

.280"rTyp16Places

.10x45¡CnamferTyp12Places

.750

.750

3.250

4.000

3.750

.250

.250

PA

RT

PR

INT

#2

: CH

AS

SIS

281

G F K - 1 7 0 3 T u t o r i a l P a r t P r i n t s �

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 288: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

40¡

.875

R.500

1.621

1.0

3.0

R1.0

.51588

R0.187

0.938

1.5

45¡

2.0

1.651

PA

RT

PR

INT

#3

: SH

UTT

LE

282

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 289: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

.015

R

5° T

yp.

2.60

0

45°

1.100

.975

2.200

2.500

3.800

4.000

4.150

4.900

1.400

1.600

2.250

2.25

0-8

Thr

ead 45

° x

.200

1.600

2.80

0

.200R 7 Places

1.000

48°

.800

2.52

0

45°

63°

PA

RT

PR

INT

#4

: LA

THE

TUTO

RIA

L

283

G F K - 1 7 0 3 T u t o r i a l P a r t P r i n t s �

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 290: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

2.000

80¡

.3x45¡

5.000

5.000

4.250

1.000

3.000

1.750

2.500

2.000

2.500

3.250

3.750

4.500

2.000

30¡

6.250

PA

RT

PR

INT

#5

: DO

OD

LE

284

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 291: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

R .500

5 Places

2.000 ±.003

4 Thru Holes

Ø .251

.249

2.000 ±.003

R .250

3.000 ±.003

.150 constant wall

.150

2.700

3.700

R .500

R 4.000

Y0

X0

3.700

3.000 ±.003

15°

R 1.000

1.000

Ø 4.000

2.700

PA

RT

PR

INT

#6

: MIL

L TU

TOR

IAL

285

G F K - 1 7 0 3 T u t o r i a l P a r t P r i n t s �

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 292: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

'B'

1.410

2.340

.770R

.896R

1.466R

.187DIA

(TYP)6PLACES

1.625

1.340R

45¡

.250

'C'

'A'

Star

t Fea

ture

.190R(TYP)4PLACES

.250R

.250R(TYP)

.250R(TYP)

.880

.750

.500

1.910

.200R(TYP)

.250

.125

2.200

10¡

.625

1.050

.375DIA

30¡

2.000

75¡

37.5¡

'D'

10¡

.250

1.870

PA

RT

PR

INT

#7

: GEA

R H

OU

SIN

G

286

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

Page 293: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

112.679

70

R 12

110

R 20

60.718

R 12

R 12

R 20

40

R 12

30°

40

PA

RT

PR

INT

#8

: BEL

L C

RA

NK

287

G F K - 1 7 0 3 T u t o r i a l P a r t P r i n t s �

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 294: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

288

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

ABAccuracy Preference, 37Actions, 2, 9, 23, 41Arcs, 18-19, 25, 43, 48, 50, 98, 122, 238, 258,272-274Arcs vs. Fillets, 25Auto Delete, 22-23Auto-shape button, 29, 232Auto-shape sub-palette, 9, 29, 31Background Workgroup, 7, 11, 38Balloons, 2, 8, 23, 25, 106, 121

CDCells, 16, 18, 20-21, 72, 78, 80, 95, 100, 117, 127,129, 132Chamfers, 17, 25, 30, 73, 78-80, 83, 97, 107-108,127, 129Circle button, 26, 28, 31, 96, 138, 143-144, 155,159-160, 162, 164-165, 171, 175, 177-178, 187,200, 202, 215-216, 218, 220, 223-224, 228, 238,261Circle sub-palette, 9, 28, 138, 155, 201Clipboard, 4, 10-12, 41-42Close Shape feature type, 20, 72, 95, 104, 114,132, 268, 271Colors, 11, 40Connect-Disconnect button, 17, 40-41, 142, 144,148-149, 190, 196, 198, 204, 207, 209, 213, 216-217, 224, 229-230Connectors, 31, 39-40, 42-43, 135, 140, 162, 187,217, 223Current Row, 18-19, 22, 25, 42, 62-64, 76-78,102, 106, 117-118, 120, 126, 133, 249, 254Current Workgroup, 7, 34, 37-38, 42, 46, 56Cursors, 1Curve Creation, 30, 35Delete Row, 25, 42Dialogs, 2-6, 9, 13, 26-27, 31, 43, 155-156, 189Document Control dialog, 7, 13, 59, 61, 73, 75,122, 124, 135-136, 150, 152, 181, 183, 257Drawing Window, 2-3, 11, 42, 175

DXF files, 18, 39, 47, 49-50, 52-55

EFEdit Menu, 4, 10-11, 24-25, 39, 41, 105, 120, 132-133, 233-234Error Balloons, 8, 23, 25, 106, 121Exchange option, 16-17, 46, 52Export

See File ExportFeature Rows, 16, 25, 43Feature Type, 19-22, 24, 58, 62, 64, 72-73, 77-79,81-83, 95, 99, 101-104, 107-114, 120-121, 126,128, 130-133, 265-269, 271Features, 10, 16-19, 23-26, 28, 31, 39-43, 47-51,53-54, 56, 64, 78-80, 83, 99-102, 106-109, 116-119, 121-122, 127, 129, 133, 140, 142-143, 145,152, 159-162, 165, 168, 176, 183, 187, 190, 196,201, 216, 221, 237-238, 244, 247, 249-250, 253,255, 258, 262, 264-265, 273-274File Compatibility, 278File Export, 52File Extensions Preference, 47, 52, 55File Import, 46, 48File Import dialog, 48File Menu, 7, 14, 37, 46-47, 52, 55-57, 245-246,251-252, 278Fillet-Chamfer button, 30, 83, 96-97, 217-218Fillet-Chamfer sub-, 30, 96Fillets, 17, 25, 30, 73, 78-80, 83, 95-96, 108-109,127, 129-130, 217-218, 272

GHGeometry Creation palette, 3, 9, 16-17, 20, 23, 26-27, 37, 40, 46, 61, 76, 80, 83, 96, 115, 125, 135-137, 153-154, 184-186, 217-218, 232, 260-261,289Geometry dialog, 5, 26, 28, 142, 160, 188Geometry Expert, 3, 16-20, 22-25, 42, 58-59, 61,

I n d e x

Page 295: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

G F K - 1 7 0 3 I n d e x �

289

63-65, 67, 69, 71-73, 75-81, 83, 85, 87, 89, 91,93, 95, 97, 99-101, 103, 105, 107, 109, 111, 113,115, 117, 119-123, 125, 127, 129, 131-133, 232,245-247, 250-253, 255-257, 260, 264-265, 268-269, 272-273, 275-276Geometry Expert spreadsheet, 3, 16-18, 20, 23-24,42, 61, 76, 80, 95, 99-100, 107, 115, 117, 129,132, 245-247, 251-253, 256, 260, 264, 275Half Points, 22, 24, 63, 77Help Menu, 8

I JKIGES files, 47, 55Import:Insert Row, 25, 42, 120, 133Interface Objects, 1-3Keyboard Shortcuts, 8-9, 20, 78, 99, 126, 225

LMNLabels, 41, 45, 52, 156, 187-188, 196, 237, 243-244Line button, 9, 17, 28, 31, 97, 115, 136-137, 140-141, 159-160, 165-166, 170, 172-173, 179, 185-186, 189-193, 195, 197-200, 203, 205-214, 219-222, 224-230, 262-263Line points, 22, 24, 62Line sub-palette, 9, 28, 136, 159, 185Loading Shapes, 245Machine Type, 13-14, 59, 73-74, 135, 150-151,181-182Machining palette, 3Math Functions, 4Measurement Type, 14, 60, 74, 123, 151, 182Menu Bar, 8Modify Menu, 9, 35, 41, 43-44, 46, 147, 149, 169,174, 180, 215, 275Mouse Line tool, 18, 42, 115Multiple Feature Creation, 9

OPQOpen dialog, 7, 14-15, 60, 75, 124, 152, 183, 245,251, 278Palettes, 2-3, 8, 17, 26-27, 31, 153, 163, 184Point button, 17, 26-27, 40, 140, 142-143, 145-

146, 153-155, 167-169, 173, 176-177, 184-185,187-189, 191-195, 199, 204-205, 207-208, 210-212, 214-215, 219-223, 226-227, 230-231, 239,241, 260-264, 268-269Point sub-palette, 9, 26, 142, 153, 184, 260, 275Points, 17, 22, 24, 26-30, 32, 35-36, 39-40, 42,44-46, 48-49, 53, 55-56, 62-64, 76-77, 79, 83,100, 105, 115, 128, 139-140, 142-149, 153-157,159-160, 162, 164, 168-169, 173, 188, 190, 194-195, 204, 207-208, 216-218, 221, 223, 228, 231,233, 237-238, 250, 255, 274Pop-up menus, 4-5Post Targeting, 24, 42, 100, 105Preferences, 37, 55, 57, 270, 275, 278

Accuracy, 37Files Extension, 55Printing, 57

Printing, 57Prompting, 8, 19, 23, 25, 63, 121, 130, 274

RSTRadio Buttons, 4-5, 14, 45Reference #, 8, 19-20, 45, 66, 85, 117, 130, 272Render palette, 3Selection, 1, 5, 7, 10-11, 18, 35, 37-39, 43-46, 48,59, 74, 96, 150, 165, 181, 185, 187, 270, 275, 279Shapes, 5, 16-20, 26, 29-31, 35, 39, 115, 135, 238,245, 250, 255, 272Shortcuts, 8-9, 11, 20, 39, 78, 99, 126, 155, 189,225, 275Stock, 11, 13, 15, 37, 59-61, 73-76, 98, 106, 115,122-123, 125, 135-136, 150-151, 181-182, 232,238, 257, 278Terminators, 40, 42-43, 48, 148Text Boxes, 4, 16, 44, 160, 188Text Creation, 6, 29, 31, 34, 232-234Top Level palette, 3, 58, 61, 73, 75-76, 122, 125,135-136, 150, 152, 181, 184, 246, 252, 257

UVWView Control palette, 163, 225Workgroup Info dialog, 37Workgroup Selection dialog, 7, 37-38Workgroup Summary, 56, 278Workgroups, 7, 12, 15, 17, 37-39, 46-47, 49-50,

FANUC PLC Parts

Page 296: FANUC PLC Parts - University of Colorado Boulderucc.colorado.edu/fanuc/1703.pdf · GFK-1703 Interface 1 CHAPTER 2 : Interface This system uses a Graphic User Interface (GUI). This

290

� G e o m e t r y C r e a t i o n U s e r M a n u a l G F K - 1 7 0 3

52

XYZX Dimension Style, 15, 26, 60, 98, 107, 115, 183,219Yes/No buttons, 4-5


Recommended